Acopos P3: User's Manual

ACOPOS P3
User's manual
Version: 1.10 (November 2017)

Model no.: MAACPP3-ENG
Translation of the original manual

All values in this manual are current as of its publication. We reserve the right to change the contents of this manual
without notice. B&R Industrial Automation GmbH is not liable for technical/editorial errors or incomplete information
in this manual. In addition, B&R Industrial Automation GmbH shall not be liable for incidental or consequential
damages in connection with or arising from the furnishing, performance or use of this material. The software names,
hardware names and trademarks used in this document are registered by their respective companies.
ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 1

Chapter index
Chapter index
Chapter 1: General information
Chapter 2: Technical data
Chapter 3: Installation
Chapter 4: Dimensioning
Chapter 5: Wiring
Chapter 6: Safety technology
Chapter 7: Standards and certifications
Appendix A: Accessories included in delivery

Chapter index
4 ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

Chapter index
Chapter index
Appendix B: UL Markings

Table of contents
Chapter 1 General information................................................................................. 11
Table of contents
1 Manual history..................................................................................................................................................11
2 Safety guidelines..............................................................................................................................................12
2.1 Organization of safety notices....................................................................................................................12
2.2 General information.................................................................................................................................... 12
2.3 Intended use...............................................................................................................................................12
2.4 Protection against electrostatic discharge..................................................................................................13
2.4.1 Packaging..............................................................................................................................................13
2.4.2 Guidelines for proper ESD handling.....................................................................................................13
2.5 Transport and storage................................................................................................................................ 13
2.6 Handling and installation............................................................................................................................ 13
2.7 Operation.................................................................................................................................................... 14
2.7.1 Protection against touching electrical parts.......................................................................................... 14
2.7.2 Protection against hazardous movements............................................................................................14
2.8 Characteristic values for functional safety................................................................................................. 15
2.9 Environmentally friendly disposal............................................................................................................... 15
2.9.1 Separation of materials.........................................................................................................................15
Chapter 2 Technical data.......................................................................................... 17

1 Order key......................................................................................................................................................... 17
1.1 Continuous current Aeff (ccc)...................................................................................................................... 17
1.2 Plug-in modules (i)..................................................................................................................................... 17
1.3 Configurable accessories (j).......................................................................................................................18
2 8EI servo drives............................................................................................................................................... 19
2.1 General requirements................................................................................................................................. 19
2.2 Status indicators......................................................................................................................................... 19
2.2.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................19
2.2.2 LED state during startup.......................................................................................................................19
2.2.3 POWERLINK - LED status indicators...................................................................................................19
2.2.4 Ax1/Ax2/Ax3 - LED status indicators....................................................................................................20
2.3 X4x digital multi-encoder interfaces........................................................................................................... 20
2.4 Servo drives - Module overview.................................................................................................................21
2.5 1-axis modules........................................................................................................................................... 22
2.5.1 Mains input voltage - 1x 110 to 230 VAC / 3x 200 to 230 VAC........................................................... 22
2.5.2 Mains input voltage - 3x 200 to 480 VAC............................................................................................ 28
2.6 2-axis modules........................................................................................................................................... 44
2.7 3-axis modules........................................................................................................................................... 59
2.8 Wiring.......................................................................................................................................................... 70
2.8.1 Pinout overview.....................................................................................................................................70
2.8.2 Connector X1 - Pinout.......................................................................................................................... 79
2.8.4 X3A, X3B connectors - Pinout..............................................................................................................82
2.8.5 Connector X4x (digital multi-encoder interface) - Pinout......................................................................83
2.8.6 Connector X5x - Pinout........................................................................................................................ 83
2.8.7 Connector X51A - Pinout......................................................................................................................83
2.8.8 Connector X51B - Pinout......................................................................................................................84
2.8.10 Connector X7 - Pinout........................................................................................................................ 85
2.8.11 Connector X8 - Pinout........................................................................................................................ 85
2.8.12 Connector X10 - Pinout...................................................................................................................... 85
2.8.13 Connector X11 - Pinout...................................................................................................................... 85
2.9 Setting the POWERLINK node number..................................................................................................... 86
3 Accessories...................................................................................................................................................... 87

Table of contents
3.1 8B0F passive line filters............................................................................................................................. 87

3.1.1 Order data............................................................................................................................................. 87
3.1.2 Technical data.......................................................................................................................................87
3.1.3 Wiring.................................................................................................................................................... 89
3.2 8EAC plug-in modules................................................................................................................................92
3.2.1 8EAC0122.001-1................................................................................................................................... 92
3.2.2 8EAC0122.003-1................................................................................................................................... 95
3.3 8EAD display modules............................................................................................................................... 98
3.3.1 Display module 8EAD0000.000-1.........................................................................................................98
3.4 Cables.......................................................................................................................................................109
3.4.1 General information.............................................................................................................................109
3.4.2 Cables - Overview.............................................................................................................................. 109
3.4.3 8ECH hybrid motor cables..................................................................................................................113
3.4.4 8ECM motor cables............................................................................................................................ 118
3.4.5 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables...................................................................................................................... 129
3.4.6 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - EnDat 2.2 cables..............................................................................................132
3.4.7 8BCR resolver cables......................................................................................................................... 135
3.4.8 8ECR resolver cables with springtec connector.................................................................................138
3.4.9 Adapter cable...................................................................................................................................... 141
3.4.10 Cable extensions...............................................................................................................................144
3.5 General accessories................................................................................................................................. 157
3.5.1 Overview..............................................................................................................................................157
3.5.2 8SCSE shield component sets........................................................................................................... 158
3.5.3 8EXA front covers...............................................................................................................................163
3.5.4 8TB terminal blocks............................................................................................................................ 169
3.5.5 8EXC keying plugs............................................................................................................................. 186
Chapter 3 Installation...............................................................................................187
1 General information........................................................................................................................................187
2 Dimension diagrams and installation dimensions..........................................................................................188
2.1 8EI servo drives....................................................................................................................................... 188
2.1.1 Dimension diagrams........................................................................................................................... 188
2.1.2 Installation dimensions........................................................................................................................191
2.1.3 Permissible mounting orientations...................................................................................................... 192
2.2 Display module 8EAD0000.000-1............................................................................................................ 194
3 Installation and removal of 8EAC plug-in modules....................................................................................... 195
3.1 General information.................................................................................................................................. 195
3.2 Preparation............................................................................................................................................... 195
3.3 Installation.................................................................................................................................................196
3.4 Removal....................................................................................................................................................198
4 Using cooling systems in control cabinets.................................................................................................... 199
4.1 Natural convection.................................................................................................................................... 199
4.2 Using filter fans........................................................................................................................................ 199
4.3 Using air/air heat exchangers.................................................................................................................. 200
4.4 Using air/water heat exchangers..............................................................................................................201
4.5 Using cooling units................................................................................................................................... 202
4.5.1 General information.............................................................................................................................202
4.5.2 Installing a cooling unit on top of the control cabinet......................................................................... 202
4.5.3 Installing a cooling unit on the front of the control cabinet.................................................................203
Chapter 4 Dimensioning.......................................................................................... 205

1 Mains connection........................................................................................................................................... 205
1.1.1 Network configurations........................................................................................................................205
1.1.2 Mains voltage range........................................................................................................................... 206
1.2 Dimensioning............................................................................................................................................ 206
1.2.1 Design................................................................................................................................................. 206

Table of contents
1.2.2 .............................................................................................................................................................207
Table of contents
1.3 Protective ground connection (PE).......................................................................................................... 210
2 24 VDC connection........................................................................................................................................211
2.2 Design.......................................................................................................................................................211
2.3 Dimensioning............................................................................................................................................ 211
3 DC bus........................................................................................................................................................... 212
3.2 Wiring design............................................................................................................................................ 212
3.3 DC bus network of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.................................................................................. 213
3.3.1 Wiring.................................................................................................................................................. 213
3.3.2 Equal distribution of the applied power via the power rectifiers......................................................... 213
3.3.3 Equal distribution of the brake power on the braking resistors.......................................................... 214
3.4 Supplying power to ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives via an ACOPOSmulti drive system.......................... 214
3.4.1 Wiring.................................................................................................................................................. 214
3.4.2 Fuse protection................................................................................................................................... 215
3.4.3 Chargeable DC bus capacitance........................................................................................................215
4 Motor connection............................................................................................................................................216
4.1 Motor overload protection.........................................................................................................................217
5 Braking resistors............................................................................................................................................ 218
5.2 External braking resistor connection........................................................................................................ 219
5.2.1 Fuse protection................................................................................................................................... 219
5.3 Dimensioning braking resistors................................................................................................................ 219
5.4 Configuring brake resistors...................................................................................................................... 219
5.4.1 Using the integrated braking resistors................................................................................................219
5.4.2 Using external braking resistors......................................................................................................... 219
6 Formula symbols used...................................................................................................................................221
Chapter 5 Wiring...................................................................................................... 223

1 General information........................................................................................................................................223
1.1 EMC-compatible installation..................................................................................................................... 223
1.1.1 Installation guidelines..........................................................................................................................223
1.2 Using 8TB push-in terminal blocks.......................................................................................................... 227
1.3 Using the mini I/O connector................................................................................................................... 228
Chapter 6 Safety technology.................................................................................. 229

1 Standard safety technology ("hardwired safety technology")........................................................................ 229
1.2 Principle - Implementing the safety function............................................................................................ 230
1.2.1 Additional function...............................................................................................................................231
1.3 Wiring the enable inputs to the required safety category / SIL / PL........................................................ 232
1.3.1 STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A).........................................................................................232
1.3.2 STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B).........................................................................................234
1.3.3 STO, category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d.......................................................................................................... 235
1.4 Wiring the enable inputs per safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d and functionality (STO, SS1, SS2, SLS,
SOS)................................................................................................................................................................236
1.4.1 STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e........................................................................... 236
1.4.2 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A)........................................................... 238
1.4.3 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B)........................................................... 240
1.4.4 STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d........................................................................... 243
1.4.5 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant A)........................................................... 244
1.4.6 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant B)........................................................... 246
Chapter 7 Standards and certifications................................................................. 249

1 Applicable European directives......................................................................................................................249
2 Applicable standards......................................................................................................................................249

Table of contents
3 Environmental limit values............................................................................................................................. 250

3.1 Mechanical conditions per EN 61800-2................................................................................................... 250
3.1.1 Operation.............................................................................................................................................250
3.1.2 Transport............................................................................................................................................. 250
3.2 Climate conditions per EN 61800-2......................................................................................................... 250
3.2.1 Operation.............................................................................................................................................250
3.2.2 Storage................................................................................................................................................ 250
3.2.3 Transport............................................................................................................................................. 251
4 Requirements for immunity to disturbances (EMC).......................................................................................251
4.1 Evaluation criteria (performance criteria)................................................................................................. 251
4.2 Low-frequency disturbances per EN 61800-3..........................................................................................251
4.3 High-frequency disturbances per EN 61800-3......................................................................................... 252
5 Requirements for emissions (EMC)...............................................................................................................253
5.1 High-frequency emissions per EN 61800-3............................................................................................. 253
5.1.1 Disturbance voltages on the power mains connection....................................................................... 253
5.1.2 Radiated emissions.............................................................................................................................253
6 Additional environmental limit values per EN 61800-2..................................................................................253
7 International certifications.............................................................................................................................. 254
8 Standards and definitions for safety technology............................................................................................254
Appendix A Accessories included in delivery...................................................... 257

1 ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive........................................................................................................................ 257
Appendix B UL Markings........................................................................................ 260

General information • Manual history
General information
Chapter 1
Chapter 1 • General information
1 Manual history
Information:
B&R makes every effort to keep user's manuals as current as possible.
Particularly in the area of safety technology, the specifications listed in the latest version of this user's
manual on the B&R website (www.br-automation.com) are always valid!
Version Date Comment
1.0 2016-02-12 Start of manual history publication
1.10 2017-11-30 Changes / New features
• Chapter "General information":
- Safety guidelines: Updated "Intended use".
- Operation: Updated "Protection against touching electrical parts".
• Chapter "Technical data"
- Technical data: Updated "Order key".
- 8EI servo drives: Added "General requirements".
- Revised section "Status indicators" and added section "State transitions".
- 8EI servo drives: Revised and updated data, added connector pinouts.
- Wiring: Revised and updated overview of connections and individual connections.
- Accessories: Updated 8B0F passive line filters, 8EAC plug-in modules, 8EAD display modules, cables, cable
extensions, 8SCSE shield component sets, 8EXA covers, 8TB terminal blocks and 8EXC keying plugs. Added
new materials and updated data.
• Chapter "Installation"
- Dimension diagrams and installation dimensions: Updated dimension diagrams for the upper performance class-
es of 8EI servo drives.
- Dimension diagrams and installation dimensions: Updated figures for the permissible mounting orientations of
8EI servo drives.
- Installation and removal of 8EAC plug-in modules: Updated sections "General information", "Installation" and
"Removal".
• Chapter "Dimensioning"
- Mains connection: Updated section "Network configurations".
- Mains connection: Updated table for mains voltage range.
- Mains connection: Added sections "Dimensioning" and "Design", updated "Protective ground connection (PE)".
- DC bus: Added section.
- Braking resistor: Updated "General information".
• Chapter "Wiring"
- General information: Updated section "Installation notes"
• Chapter "Safety guidelines"
- Principle - Implementing safety functions: Updated "Additional function"
- Updated "Wiring enable inputs per safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d and functionality (STO): SS1, SLS, SS2 -
Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant B).
• Chapter "Standards and certifications"
- Updated "Applicable European directives".
- Updated "Applicable standards".
- Environmental limit values: Updated "Mechanical conditions per EN 61800-2", "Operation and transport".
- Updated "Climate conditions per EN 61800-2", "Operation, storage and transport".
- Updated standards, safety technology definitions
• Added appendix.
- Added "Accessories included in delivery".
- Added UL marks.
Table 1: Manual history

General information • Safety guidelines
2 Safety guidelines
2.1 Organization of safety notices
Safety notices in this manual are organized as follows:

Safety notice Description
Danger! Failure to observe these safety guidelines and notices can result in death, severe injury or substantial damage to property.
Warning! Failure to observe these safety guidelines and notices can result in severe injury or substantial damage to property.
Caution! Failure to observe these safety guidelines and notices can result in injury or damage to property.
Information: This information is important for avoiding malfunctions.
Table 2: Description of the safety notices used in this documentation
2.2 General information
B&R drive systems and servo motors have been designed, developed and manufactured for conventional use in
industrial environments.
They were not designed, developed and manufactured for any use involving serious risks or hazards that could
lead to death, injury, serious physical impairment or loss of any kind without the implementation of exceptionally
stringent safety precautions.
In particular, these risks include the use of these devices to monitor nuclear reactions in nuclear power plants, in
flight control or flight safety systems as well as in the control of mass transportation systems, medical life support
systems or weapons systems.
Servo drives, inverter modules and frequency inverters from B&R are not dual-use goods per appendix I of Council
Regulation (EC) No. 428/2009 | 3A225, amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 2015/2420.
Danger!
Drive systems and servo motors can have exposed parts with voltages applied (e.g. terminals) or hot
surfaces. Additional hazards include moving machine parts. The removal of required covers, inappro-
priate use of the devices or their improper installation or operation can result in severe personal injury
or damage to property.
All tasks such as the transport, installation, commissioning and servicing of devices are only permitted to be carried
out by qualified personnel. Qualified personnel are those familiar with the transport, mounting, installation, com-
missioning and operation of devices who also have the appropriate qualifications to perform these tasks. National
accident prevention regulations must be observed.
The safety notices, information about connection conditions (nameplate and documentation) and limit values spec-
ified in the technical data must be read carefully before installation and commissioning and are to be observed
in all cases.
2.3 Intended use
Servo drives are components designed to be installed in electrical systems or machines. They are not permitted
to be used unless the machine meets directive 2006/42/EC (machinery directive) as well as directive 2004/108/
EC (EMC directive).
B&R drive systems are only permitted to be directly operated on grounded industrial power systems (TN, TN-C-S).
When used in residential areas, commercial areas or small businesses, additional protective and filter measures
must be implemented by the user.
Danger!
Drive systems are not permitted to be operated directly on TT, IT and corner-grounded TN-S systems!
For technical data as well as connection and environmental conditions, see the nameplate or this user's manual.
Specifications regarding connection and environmental conditions must be observed!
Danger!
Electronic devices are never completely failsafe. If the drive systems fails, the user is responsible for
making sure that the motor is brought to a secure state.

2.4 Protection against electrostatic discharge
General information
Chapter 1
Electrical components that can be damaged by electrostatic discharge (ESD) must be handled accordingly.
2.4.1 Packaging
Electrical components with a housing do not require special ESD packaging but must be handled properly (see
section 2.4.2 "Guidelines for proper ESD handling" on page 13).
Electrical components without a housing are protected by ESD-suitable packaging.
2.4.2 Guidelines for proper ESD handling
Electrical components with a housing

• Do not touch the connector contacts on connected cables.
• Do not touch the contact tips on circuit boards.
Electrical components without a housing

The following points apply in addition to the points listed under "Electrical components with a housing":
• Any persons handling electrical components or devices with installed electrical components must be
grounded.
• Components are only permitted to be touched on their narrow sides or front plate.
• Components must always be placed on or stored in a suitable medium (ESD packaging, conductive foam,
etc.).
Metallic surfaces are not suitable storage surfaces!
• Components must not be subjected to electrostatic discharge (e.g. caused by charged plastics).
• Observe a minimum distance of 10 cm from monitors and television sets.
• Measuring instruments and equipment must be grounded.
• Probe tips of galvanically isolated measuring instruments must be temporarily discharged on suitably
grounded surfaces before taking measurements.
Individual components
• ESD protective measures for individual components are thoroughly implemented at B&R (conductive floors,
footwear, arm bands, etc.).
• These special ESD protection measures for individual components are not necessary for customers han-
dling B&R products.
2.5 Transport and storage
During transport and storage, devices must be protected against undue stress (mechanical loads, temperature,
moisture, corrosive atmospheres, etc.).
Drive systems contain components sensitive to electrostatic charges that can be damaged by inappropriate han-
dling. It is therefore necessary to provide the required protective measures against electrostatic discharge when
installing or removing these drive systems.
2.6 Handling and installation
Warning!
B&R drive systems and servo motors can be heavy.
During handling and installation of heavy B&R drive systems or servo motors, there is therefore the
danger of personal injury or damage to property (through shearing, impacts, cutting or crushing).
Suitable protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, protective gloves, safety shoes, etc.) must be used
whenever necessary!
Installation must be performed according to this documentation using suitable equipment and tools.
Devices are only permitted to be installed by qualified personnel and when the power is switched off. Before
installation, voltage to the control cabinet must be switched off and prevented from being switched on again.

General safety guidelines and national accident prevention regulations for working with high voltage systems must
be observed.
Electrical installation must be carried out according to applicable national guidelines (e.g. wire cross section, fuses,
protective ground connections, see also chapter 4 "Dimensioning").
2.7 Operation
2.7.1 Protection against touching electrical parts
Danger!
To operate drive systems, it is necessary for certain parts to carry dangerous voltage levels over 60
VDC. Touching one of these components can result in a life-threatening electric shock. This could lead
to death, severe injury or damage to property.
Before commissioning the drive system, make sure that all connections are made and all covers are properly
installed.
Before applying the mains voltage to a drive system, it must be ensured that it is properly connected to ground
potential (PE rail). Ground connections must also be established if the drive system is connected for test purposes
or only being operated for a short period of time!
Before applying the mains voltage to a drive system, all voltage-carrying components must be securely covered.
During operation, all covers and control cabinet doors must remain closed.
Danger!
If the safety functions integrated in the drive system are used in an application, then they must be fully
validated before the drive system is switched on for the first time. This could lead to death, severe
injury or damage to property.
Control and power connections can still carry voltage even if the motor is not turning. Touching these connections
while the device is switched on is prohibited.
Before performing any work on drive systems, they must first be disconnected from the power system and prevented
from being switched on again.
Danger!
Dangerously high voltage!
Before performing service work, disconnect the power supply and wait 5 minutes to ensure that the
capacitors have discharged. Observe regulations!
This delay time of 5 minutes begins as soon as all of the synchronous motors connected to the drive
system that has been disconnected from the power supply have come to a standstill. If the synchro-
nous motors are not stationary when the drive system is disconnected from the power supply, then
the delay time must be extended accordingly.
The connections on the drive system for signal voltages in the voltage range 5 to 30 V are safely isolated circuits.
The signal voltage connections and interfaces are therefore only permitted to be connected to devices or electrical
components that have sufficient isolation per EN 61800-5-1 and protective extra-low voltage that corresponds to
voltage class DVC A (SELV, PELV).
Never remove the electrical connections of drive systems while voltage is applied. In the worst case, arcs may
occur that can subsequently cause personal injury and/or damage to contacts.
2.7.2 Protection against hazardous movements
Danger!
Improper control of motors can result in unintended hazardous movements! Such incorrect behavior
can have various causes:
• Incorrect installation or faults when handling components
• Improper or incomplete wiring
• Defective devices (drive system, motor, position encoder, cables, brake)
• Incorrect control (e.g. caused by software error)

Some of the errors listed above can be detected and prevented by the drive system's internal monitoring. Never-
General information
theless, it is still possible for the motor shaft to move any time after the device is switched on! For this reason,
Chapter 1
higher-level safety precautions need to be put in place to ensure that personnel and machines are protected.
The moving parts on machines must be shielded in such a way as to prevent unintentional access by personnel.
This type of protection can be achieved by using stable mechanical protective equipment such as protective covers,
protective fences, protective gates or photoelectric sensors.
Removing, bypassing or circumventing these protective measures and entering the area where movement takes
place is prohibited.
A sufficient number of emergency stop buttons must be installed in direct proximity to the machine and be easily
accessible at all times. This emergency stop equipment must be checked before the machine is put into operation.
On free running motors, the key (if present) must be removed or measures taken to prevent its ejection. The holding
brake built into motors cannot prevent hoisting equipment from dropping hanging loads.
2.8 Characteristic values for functional safety
Characteristic values for functional safety are listed in chapter "Safety technology".
Characteristic values are calculated based on a proof test interval of maximum 20 years. Since a proof test cannot
be carried out for B&R drive systems, the proof test interval is the same as the system's mission time.
Per the EN ISO 13849, EN 62061 and IEC 61508 standards, the safety functions described in section "Safety
technology" cannot be used beyond the specified mission time.
Danger!
The user must ensure that all B&R drive systems that execute a safety function are replaced by new
B&R drive systems or removed from operation before their mission time expires.
2.9 Environmentally friendly disposal
All B&R drive systems and servo motors are designed to inflict as little harm as possible on the environment.
2.9.1 Separation of materials
It is necessary to separate out the different materials so that devices can undergo an environmentally friendly
recycling process.
Component Disposal
Drive systems, servo motors, cables Electronic recycling
Cardboard/Paper packaging Paper/Cardboard recycling
Table 3: Environmentally friendly separation of materials
Disposal must take place per applicable legal regulations.

Technical data

Technical data • Order key
Chapter 2 • Technical data
1 Order key
Technical data
8EI ccc d e f g h . i j kk - 1
Chapter 2
Icon Name
"ccc" 123 "Continuous current Aeff"
d H 3x 200 - 480 VAC
M 3x 200 - 230 VAC or 1x 110 - 230 VAC
e W Wall mounting
f S 1-axis module
D 2-axis module
T 3-axis module
g 1 Hardwired STO safety technology with encoder
S SafeMOTION, with digital encoder
h x 1) Module-specific options
0 Standard
"i" x 1) Plug-in module included in delivery
0 No plug-in module included in delivery
"j" x 1) Configurable accessories included in delivery
0 No configurable accessories included in delivery
kk xx 1) Customized options
00 No customized options
Table 4: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive - Order key

1) Placeholder for the respective option or configuration.
1.1 Continuous current Aeff (ccc)
Continuous current Aeff of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive is listed in the form of a 3-digit code (ccc) as part of the
model number.
Continuous current Available as
Order code (ccc)
[Aeff] 1-axis module 2-axis module 3-axis module
1X6 1.6 Yes No No
2X2 2.2 Yes Yes Yes
4X5 4.5 Yes Yes Yes
8X8 8.8 Yes Yes Yes
013 13 Yes No No
017 17 Yes Yes No
022 22 No Yes No
024 24 Yes No No
034 34 Yes No No
044 44 Yes No No
Table 5: Continuous current (ccc)
1.2 Plug-in modules (i)
ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives can be configured with our without an included plug-in module. The selected plug-
in module is added to the content of delivery and included in the package containing the servo drive.
Order code (i) Plug-in module

A Resolver 1x interface 8EAC0122.001-1
C Resolver 3x interface 8EAC0122.003-1
0 No
Table 6: Plug-in modules (i)

Technical data • Order key
1.3 Configurable accessories (j)
ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives can be configured to include accessories. The selected accessories are added to
the content of delivery and included in the package containing the servo drive.
Order code (j) Internal braking resistor 1) Front cover Connector set 2 (2-row) Connector set 1 (1-row)
0 No No No Yes
1 No No Yes No
2 No Yes No Yes
3 No Yes Yes No
4 Yes No No Yes
5 Yes No Yes No
6 Yes Yes No Yes
7 Yes Yes Yes No
A No No No No
B No Yes No No
C Yes No No No
D Yes Yes No No
1) Installed in the 8EI servo drive.

Technical data • 8EI servo drives
2 8EI servo drives

2.1 General requirements
Automation Studio (AS)

ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives are supported in AS V4.2.5 and later.
2.2 Status indicators
Technical data
Chapter 2
2.2.1 Overview
1-axis modules 2-axis modules 3-axis modules
PLK PLK PLK Ax3

Ax2
Ax2
Ax1 Ax1
Ax1
Table 7: 8EI servo drives - Status indicators
2.2.2 LED state during startup
The following intervals are used for the LED status indicators:
Block size: 50 ms
Repeats after: 3,000 ms
Status Ax1/Ax2/Ax3 Display
1. Boot procedure for Green
base hardware active Orange
Red
2. Waiting for network Green
telegram Orange
Red
3. Network communi- Green
cation active Orange
Red
4. ACOPOS operating Green
system being trans- Orange
ferred/burned Red
Ax1/Ax2/Ax3 PLK
5. Module booting Green
Orange
Red
6. Module ready for Green
operation Orange
Red
Table 8: LED state during startup
2.2.3 POWERLINK - LED status indicators
Label Color Description

PLK Green Blinking green (1x) The client detects a valid POWERLINK frame on the network.
Blinking green (2x) Cyclic operation on the network is taking place, but the client itself is not yet a participant.
Blinking green (3x) Cyclic operation of the client is in preparation.
Solid green The client is participating in cyclic operation.
Flickering green The client is not participating in cyclic operation and also does not detect any other sta-
tions on the network participating in cyclic operation.
Red Solid red The POWERLINK node number of the module is 0.
Blinking red/green The client is in an error state (drops out of cyclic operation).
Orange Solid orange Module booting
Table 9: POWERLINK - LED status indicators

2.2.4 Ax1/Ax2/Ax3 - LED status indicators
Label Color Function Description

Ax1 Green Ready Solid green The module is operational and the power stage can be enabled (operating sys-
Ax2 tem present and booted, no permanent or temporary errors).
Ax3 Blinking green The module is not ready for operation.
Examples:
• No signal on one or both enable inputs
• DC bus voltage outside the tolerance range
• Overtemperature on the motor (temperature sensor)
• Motor feedback not connected or defective
• Motor temperature sensor not connected or defective
• Overtemperature on the module (IGBT junction, heat sink, etc.)
• Disturbance on network
Red Error Solid red There is a permanent error on the module.
Examples:
• Permanent overcurrent
• Invalid data in EPROM
Blinking red Burning ACOPOS P3 operating system
Orange Run Solid orange The module's power stage is enabled.
--- --- LED off No voltage being supplied to module
Table 10: Ax1/Ax2/Ax3 - LED status indicators
2.3 X4x digital multi-encoder interfaces
Information:
The encoder type for the multi-encoder interface is not predefined from the factory.
Before commissioning, configure the encoder type and – depending on the encoder type – the encoder
supply voltage in Automation Studio for each multi-encoder interface!
The following encoder types are supported:
Technical data Encoder type
EnDat 2.2 SSI BiSS (mode C) HIPERFACE DSL
Output voltage 1) 11.45 V ±0.1 V 11.45 V ±0.1 V 11.45 V ±0.1 V
5.2 V ±0.1 V 2)
Data transfer rate 6.25 Mbit/s 100 to 400 kbit/s 1 to 8.33 Mbit/s 9.375 Mbit/s
Terminating resistor 120 Ω 110 Ω ±10%
Support 3) ACOPOS operating sys- ACOPOS operating sys- ACOPOS operating sys- ACOPOS operating sys-
tem 3.11.0 and higher tem 5.00.0 and higher tem 3.11.0 and higher tem 3.16.0 and higher
Selection in Automation EnDat SSI BiSS HIPERFACE DSL
Studio
Table 11: Supported encoder types

1) The output voltage is not predefined from the factory (exception: encoder types EnDat 2.2 and HIPERFACE DSL). It must be configured in Automation Studio
based on the encoder type. If no output voltage is configured, then the encoder will not be supplied by digital multi-encoder interface X4x. Power to the
encoder can then be supplied externally.
2) Output voltage 5.2 V is only available under the following conditions:
• 8EI servo drive with 8ZECxxx revision D0 and higher - see the device information on the left side cover of the 8EI servo drive
• ACOPOS operating system 3.15.0 and higher (for 8EIxxxxxD... 2-axis modules and 8EIxxxxx... 3-axis modules)
• ACOPOS operating system 3.17.0 and higher (for 8EIxxxxxS... 1-axis modules)
3) Operating system version from which a certain encoder type is supported.
Caution!
An incorrect configuration can result in irreparable damage to the connected encoder!

2.4 Servo drives - Module overview

Model number Short description Page
1-axis modules
8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 13 A, 1 axis, 34
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
Technical data
Chapter 2
wall mounting
wall mounting
8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 1.6 A, 1 axis, 28
wall mounting
8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 1x 110-230 VAC, 3x 200-230 VAC, 22
1.6 A, 1 axis, wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
2-axis modules
8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 2x 17 A, 2 axes, 54
wall mounting
8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 2x 22 A, 2 axes, 54
wall mounting
8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 2x 2.2 A, 2 axes, 49
wall mounting
8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 1x 110-230 VAC, 3x 200-230 VAC, 44
2x 2.2 A, 2 axes, wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
3-axis modules
8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 3x 2.2 A, 3 axes, 65
wall mounting
8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder interface per axis, 1x 110-230 VAC, 3x 200-230 VAC, 59
wall mounting
wall mounting

2.5 1-axis modules
2.5.1 Mains input voltage - 1x 110 to 230 VAC / 3x 200 to 230 VAC
2.5.1.1 Continuous power up to 2 kW (motor connection)
2.5.1.1.1 Order data

Model number Short description Figure
1-axis modules
8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
face per axis, 1x 110-230 VAC, 3x 200-230 VAC, 1.6 A, 1 axis,
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
Optional accessories
Display modules
8EAD0000.000-1 Display module, LCD, 128 x 64, black/white, 1x USB 3.0
Front covers
8EXA100.0010-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, single-width, height 1
8EXA100.0020-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, single-width, height 1
Plug-in modules
8EAC0122.001-1 ACOPOS P3 plug-in module, resolver interface 10 kHz
Shield component sets
8SCSE01.0100-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x ACOPOS P3 shield
mounting plate, 1x 2x M3x6 screws
8SCSE01.0300-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x support plate with 2
grounding clamps 3-6 mm, 1x M4x6 screw
8SCSE02.0100-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x shield component set,
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
8TB2104.2210-00 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 1:
4321
8TB2104.2210-50 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, yellow, 1-row, with locking mech-
anism, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 1: 4 3 2 1
8TB3102.222C-20 Push-in terminal block, 2-pin, 1-row, with locking mechanism,
spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: COM 24 V, C keying: 10
8TB3103.222A-20 Push-in terminal block, 3-pin, 1-row, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2:
PE RB- RB+, A keying: 000
spacing: 7.62 mm, label 3: PE L3 N(L2) L1 DC- DC+, C keying:
000010
000010
8TB3308.222A-00 Push-in terminal block, 4+4-pin 1-row/2-row, spacing: 7.62 mm,
label 2: T- B- T+ B+ PE W V U A keying: 0000
Table 12: 8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWS10.XXXX-1 - Order data

Connection 1-row connector 2-row connector
X1 8TB3106.223C-20 8TB3206.223C-40
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB3103.222A-20
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00
Table 13: Terminal blocks - Model numbers

2.5.1.1.2 Technical data

Model number 8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1 8EI2X2MWS10.XXXX-1 8EI4X5MWS10.XXXX-1 8EI8X8MWS10.XXXX-1
General information
Slots for plug-in modules 1
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Power conversion equipment
Technical data
Mains connection
Chapter 2
Network configurations TN-S, TN-C-S with grounded neutral
Mains input voltage 1x 110 VAC to 230 VAC ±10%
3x 200 VAC to 230 VAC ±10%
Frequency 50/60 Hz ±4%
Installed load Max. 1 kVA Max. 1.25 kVA Max. 2.5 kVA Max. 5 kVA
Inrush current Max. 22 A
Switch-on interval Typ. 60 s
Integrated line filter per EN 61800-3, No 1)
category C3
Terminal connection cross section
Flexible and fine wire lines
With wire end sleeves 0.25 to 4 mm²
Approbation data
UL/C-UL-US 24 to 8 AWG
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Power dissipation at device power rat- [(30 + 10 * PAVG [kW] + 5.8 * IAX1 [A] + 0.25 * IBR12 [A]) + PVSLOT) * 1.1] [W] 2)
ing without braking resistor
Max. cable length 3 m 3)
DC bus connection
Continuous power 4) 0.4 kW 5) 0.5 kW 5) 1 kW 5) 2 kW
Reduction of continuous power de-
pending on mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <230 VAC 0.4 kW * (Mains input 0.5 kW * (Mains input 1 kW * (Mains input 2 kW * (Mains input
voltage [V] / 230 V) voltage [V] / 230 V) voltage [V] / 230 V) voltage [V] / 230 V)
DC bus capacitance 1880 µF
Terminal connection cross sections
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
24 VDC supply
Input voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Input capacitance 4310 µF
Current consumption 0.9 A + Current for motor holding brake 7)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Max. cable length 30 m
Motor connection
Quantity 1
Continuous power per motor connec- 0.4 kW 0.5 kW 1 kW 2 kW
tion 8)
Continuous current per motor connec- 1.6 Aeff 2.2 Aeff 4.5 Aeff 8.8 Aeff
tion 8)
Reduction of continuous current de-
pending on switching frequency 9)
Switching frequency 5 kHz No reduction
Switching frequency 20 kHz No reduction 0.109 A/K (start-
ing at 33.7°C) 10)
pending on installation elevation
Starting at 500 m above sea level 0.16 Aeff per 1000 m 0.22 Aeff per 1000 m 0.45 Aeff per 1000 m 0.88 Aeff per 1000 m
Peak current per motor connection 4.5 Aeff 6 Aeff 12.25 Aeff 24 Aeff
Peak power output 1 kW 1.25 kW 2.5 kW 5 kW
Nominal switching frequency 5 kHz
Possible switching frequencies 11) 5 / 10 / 20 kHz
Table 14: 8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2MWS10.XXXX-1,

8EI4X5MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Electrical stress of connected motor Limit value curve A
per IEC TS 60034-25
Protective measures
Overload protection Yes
Short circuit and ground fault pro- Yes
tection
Max. output frequency 598 Hz 12)
Design
U, V, W, PE Male connector
Shield connection Yes
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Max. motor line length depending on
switching frequency
Switching frequency 5 kHz 75 m 13)
Motor holding brake connection
Quantity 1
Output voltage 14) Depends on the input voltage on connector X2
Continuous current 1.3 A
Max. internal resistance 0.25 Ω
Extinction potential Approx. 30 V
Max. extinction energy per switching 1.5 Ws
operation
Max. switching frequency 0.5 Hz
Protective measures
Overload and short circuit protec- Yes
tion
Open circuit monitoring Yes
Undervoltage monitoring Yes
Response threshold for open circuit Approx. 30 mA
monitoring
Response threshold for undervoltage Approx. 23 V
monitoring
Braking resistor 16)
Peak power int./ext. 1.5 kW / 11 kW
Continuous power int./ext. 100 W / 970 W
Minimum braking resistance (ext.) 12 Ω
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Protective measures
Overload protection No
Short circuit and ground fault pro- Short circuit protection: Yes
tection Ground fault protection: No
Max. cable length 3m
Fieldbus
Type POWERLINK V2 controlled node (CN)
Design 2x RJ45, shielded, 2-port hub
Cable length Max. 100 m between 2 stations (segment length)
Transfer rate 100 Mbit/s
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Electrical isolation
Input - ACOPOS P3 Yes
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Input current at nominal voltage Approx. 9 mA
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V

Switching delay at nominal input volt-
age
Enable 1 → 0, PWM off 2 ms
Enable 0 → 1, ready for PWM 0.3 ms
Modulation compared to ground po- Max. ±38 V
tential
OSSD signal connections 17) 0.5 ms
With plastic wire end sleeves 0.25 to 2.5 mm²
Technical data
Chapter 2
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Encoder interfaces
Quantity 1
Type Digital multi-encoder interface, configurable 18)
Connections 8-pin female mini I/O connector
Status indicators None 19)
Encoder - ACOPOS P3 No
Max. encoder cable length 75 m
Depends on the cross section of the power supply wires of the encoder cable 20)
Encoder power supply
Output voltage Configurable
Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 21)22)
Load capacity Max. 300 mA
Protective measures
Short circuit protection Yes
Synchronous serial interface
Signal transmission RS485 23)
Data transfer rate Depends on the configured encoder type
Differential voltage 24)
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Max. power consumption per encoder PENCODER [W] = U24V [V] * (IENCODER [A] * 0.7) + 0.5 W 25)
interface
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Input current at nominal voltage 7 mA
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Falling edge <52 µs
tential
With wire end sleeves 0.25 to 2.5 mm²
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
mapp Motion 5.00.0 and higher
ACP10 3.13.0 and higher
Operating conditions
Permissible mounting orientations
Hanging vertically Yes
Standing horizontally Yes


Installation at elevations above sea
level
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m
Pollution degree per EN 61800-5-1 2 (non-conductive pollution)
Overvoltage category per EN III
61800-5-1
Protection per EN 60529 IP20 26)
Environmental conditions
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Storage -25 to 55°C
Transport -25 to 70°C
Relative humidity
Operation 5 to 85%, non-condensing
Storage 5 to 95%
Transport 95% at 40°C
Mechanical characteristics
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Height 290 mm
Depth
Wall mounting 258.5 mm (with 8EXA front cover: 261 mm)
Weight 3.2 kg

1) A line filter must be connected.
CE compliance can only be ensured by connecting a B&R line filter (8x0F...).
In extreme cases, using line filters from 3rd-party manufacturers can result in irreparable damage to the 8EI ACOPOS P3 servo drive.
2) PAVG ... Average continuous power of the module
IAX1 ... RMS value of the current on axis 1
IBR1 ... Nominal current of the motor holding brake for axis 1
PVSLOT ... Power dissipation of the 8EAC plug-in module
3) Maximum cable length between line filter and mains connection on the module.
4) Valid for a mains input voltage of 230 VAC.
The sum of the continuous power values on all motor connections and the power of the DC bus connector is not permitted to exceed this value.
5) The value can be higher under certain conditions.
6) This value applies to unshielded wiring inside a control cabinet.
Maximum length of the DC bus wiring inside a control cabinet.
7) Current consumption depends on the configuration of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
The inrush current of the 24 VDC power supply is not limited by the module.
8) Valid under the following conditions: 325 VDC DC bus voltage, 5 kHz switching frequency, 40°C ambient temperature, installation elevation <500 m above
sea level, no derating due to cooling type.
9) The temperature specifications refer to the ambient temperature.
10) The module cannot supply the full continuous current at this switching frequency. This unusual value for the ambient temperature, at which derating of the
continuous current must be taken into account, ensures that the derating of the continuous current can be determined in the same manner as at other
switching frequencies.
11) B&R recommends operating the module at its nominal switching frequency. Operating the module at a higher switching frequency for application-specific
reasons reduces the continuous current and increases the CPU load.
12) The module's electrical output frequency (SCTRL_SPEED_ACT * MOTOR_POLEPAIRS) is monitored to protect against dual use per Regulation (EC)
428/2009 | 3A225. If the electrical output frequency of the module exceeds the limit value of 598 Hz uninterrupted for more than 0.5 s, then the current
movement is aborted and error 6060 is output ("Power unit: Limit speed exceeded").
13) The sum of the length of all motor cables connected to this module is not permitted to exceed this value.
14) During the project development phase, it is necessary to check if the minimum voltage can be maintained on the holding brake with the specified input voltage
and wiring. For the operating voltage range of the holding brake, see the user documentation for the motor being used.
15) During the project development phase, it is necessary to check if the minimum voltage can be maintained on the holding brake with the specified cable length.
For the permissible operating voltage range of the holding brake, see the user documentation for the motor being used.
16) There is a connection for external braking resistors. An internal braking resistor is available as an option.
17) OSSD (output signal switching device) signals are used to monitor signal lines for short circuits and cross faults.
18) The encoder type is not predefined from the factory. The encoder type necessary in each case must be configured in Automation Studio.
19) The direction of rotation of the encoder can be displayed on the 8EAD0000.000-1 display module.
20) The maximum encoder cable length lmax can be calculated as follows (the maximum permissible encoder cable length of 75 m is not permitted to exceeded):
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)
f ... (Output voltage of encoder interface [V] - Min. permissible supply voltage of connected encoder [V]) * 1.1
IG ... Max. current consumption of connected encoder [A]
A ... Cross section of the power supply wires [mm²]
ρ ... Specific resistance [Ω mm²/m] (e.g. for copper: ρ = 0.0178)

- 8EI servo drive with 8ZECxxx revision D0 and higher - see the device information on the left side cover of the 8EI servo drive
- ACOPOS operating system 3.15.0 and higher (for 8EIxxxxxD... 2-axis modules and 8EIxxxxxT... 3-axis modules)
- ACOPOS operating system 3.17.0 and higher (for 8EIxxxxxS... 1-axis modules)
23) Except encoder type HIPERFACE DSL.
24) Values valid for clock output and data input. Except encoder type HIPERFACE DSL.
25) IENCODER ... Current consumption of the encoder
U24V ... Input voltage on the +24 VDC input of the module
26) The specified degree of protection is only met if either the slot cover is installed on the module or an 8EAC plug-in module is installed and suitable terminals
are connected to all connectors and all fans are installed.
Technical data
Chapter 2

2.5.2 Mains input voltage - 3x 200 to 480 VAC

1-axis modules
8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
face per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 1.6 A, 1 axis, wall mounting
Display modules
Front covers
Plug-in modules
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
8TB3106.222B-20 Push-in terminal block, 6-pin, 1-row, with locking mechanism,
spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: PE L3 L2 L1 DC- DC+, C keying:
000001
000001
Table 15: 8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWS10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB3106.222B-20 8TB3206.222B-40
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB3103.222A-20
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00


Model number 8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1 8EI2X2HWS10.XXXX-1 8EI4X5HWS10.XXXX-1 8EI8X8HWS10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Technical data
Mains connection
Chapter 2
Installed load Max. 1.75 kVA Max. 2.5 kVA Max. 5 kVA Max. 10 kVA
Integrated line filter per EN 61800-3, No 1)
category C3
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Power dissipation at device power rat- [(40 + 6.9 * PAVG [kW] + 7.5 * IAX1 [A] + 0.25 * IBR12 [A] + PVSLOT) * 1.1] [W] 2)
ing without braking resistor
DC bus connection
Continuous power 4) 0.7 kW 5) 1 kW 5) 2 kW 5) 4 kW
Reduction of continuous power de-
pending on mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <3x 400 VAC 0.7 kW * (Mains input 1 kW * (Mains input 2 kW * (Mains input 4 kW * (Mains input
voltage [V] / 400 V) voltage [V] / 400 V) voltage [V] / 400 V) voltage [V] / 400 V)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
24 VDC supply
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 1
Continuous power per motor connec- 0.7 kW 1 kW 2 kW 4 kW
tion 8)
Continuous current per motor connec- 1.6 Aeff 2.2 Aeff 4.5 Aeff 8.8 Aeff
tion 8)
pending on switching frequency 9)
Switching frequency 20 kHz No reduction 0.105 A/K (start-
ing at 11.2°C) 10)
pending on installation elevation
Starting at 500 m above sea level 0.16 Aeff per 1000 m 0.22 Aeff per 1000 m 0.45 Aeff per 1000 m 0.88 Aeff per 1000 m
Peak current per motor connection 4.5 Aeff 6 Aeff 12.25 Aeff 24 Aeff
Peak power output 1.75 kW 2.5 kW 5 kW 10 kW
Electrical stress of connected motor Limit value curve A
per IEC TS 60034-25
Table 17: 8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2HWS10.XXXX-1,

8EI4X5HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Protective measures
Short circuit and ground fault pro- Yes
tection
Design
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Max. motor line length depending on
switching frequency
Quantity 1
Max. extinction energy per switching 1.5 Ws
operation
Protective measures
Overload and short circuit protec- Yes
tion
Response threshold for open circuit Approx. 30 mA
monitoring
Response threshold for undervoltage Approx. 23 V
monitoring
Peak power int./ext. 7 kW / 25 kW
Continuous power int./ext. 100 W / 2 kW
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Protective measures
Short circuit and ground fault pro- Short circuit protection: Yes
tection Ground fault protection: No
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V


Switching delay at nominal input volt-
age
tential
Technical data
Chapter 2
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Encoder interfaces
Quantity 1
Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 21)22)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Max. power consumption per encoder PENCODER [W] = U24V [V] * (IENCODER [A] * 0.7) + 0.5 W 25)
interface
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
tential
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system


Installation at elevations above sea
level
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m
Overvoltage category per EN III
61800-5-1
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Height 290 mm
Depth
Weight 3.2 kg

IAX1 ... RMS value of the current on axis 1
IBR1 ... Nominal current of the motor holding brake for axis 1
4) Valid for a mains input voltage of ≥3x 400 VAC.
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)

Technical data
Chapter 2

2.5.2.2 Continuous power 6.5 kW to 8.5 kW (motor connection)

1-axis modules
8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
face per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 13 A, 1 axis, wall mounting
Display modules
Front covers
Plug-in modules
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
000001
000001
Table 18: 8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI017HWS10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB3106.222B-20 8TB3206.222B-40
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB3103.222A-20
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00


Model number 8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1 8EI017HWS10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC In preparation
UL cULus E225616
Technical data
Mains connection
Chapter 2
Installed load Max. 13.5 kVA Max. 18 kVA
Switch-on interval Typically 60 s
Integrated line filter per EN 61800-3, category C3 No 1)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Power dissipation at device power rating without In preparation
braking resistor
DC bus connection
Continuous power 3) 6.5 kW 4) 8.5 kW
Reduction of continuous power depending on
mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <3x 400 VAC 6.5 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 400 V) 8.5 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 400 V)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
24 VDC supply
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 1
Continuous power per motor connection 7) 6.5 kW 8.5 kW
Continuous current per motor connection 7) 13 Aeff 17 Aeff
Reduction of continuous current depending on
switching frequency
Switching frequency 5 kHz 0.2 A/K (starting at 40°C) 8)
Switching frequency 20 kHz 0.2 A/K (starting at -32°C) 8)
Reduction of continuous current depending on in-
stallation elevation
Starting at 500 m above sea level 1.3 Aeff per 1000 m 1.7 Aeff per 1000 m
Peak current per motor connection 32.5 Aeff 42.5 Aeff
Peak power output 16.25 kW 21.25 kW
Electrical stress of connected motor per IEC TS Limit value curve A
60034-25
Protective measures
Short circuit and ground fault protection Yes
Table 20: 8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI017HWS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Design
With wire end sleeves 4-6 mm²
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Max. motor line length depending on switching fre-
quency
Switching frequency 5 kHz 75 m
Quantity 1
Continuous current 4A
Max. internal resistance 100 mΩ
Extinction potential 33 V
Max. extinction energy per switching operation 15 Ws
Protective measures
Overload and short circuit protection Yes
Response threshold for open circuit monitoring In preparation
Response threshold for undervoltage monitoring Approx. 23 V
Peak power int./ext. 14 kW / In preparation
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Protective measures
Short circuit and ground fault protection Short circuit protection: Yes
Ground fault protection: No
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay at nominal input voltage
Modulation compared to ground potential Max. ±38 V
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG

Encoder interfaces
Quantity 1
Technical data
Chapter 2
Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 18)19)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Max. power consumption per encoder interface PENCODER [W] = U24V [V] * (IENCODER [A] * 0.7) + 0.5 W 22)
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
Installation at elevations above sea level
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m
Overvoltage category per EN 61800-5-1 III
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%

Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Height 374 mm
Depth
Weight 4 kg

lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)

2.5.2.3 Continuous power 10 kW to 18 kW (motor connection)

1-axis modules
Technical data
Chapter 2
Display modules
Front covers
8EXA300.0010-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, double-width, height 2
8EXA300.0020-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, double-width, height 2
Plug-in modules
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
8TB2104.223L-00 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 3:
T- T+ B- B+, L keying: 1010
8TB4103.222A-10 Push-in terminal block, 3-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label
2: PE RB- RB+, A keying: 000
8TB4104.222L-10 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label
2: PE L3 L2 L1, L keying: 1010
8TB4104.224G-10 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label
4: PE W V U, G keying: 0110
8TB4104.227F-10 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label
4: DC-, DC-, DC+, DC+ F keying: 0101
8TB4204.202L-10 Push-in screw terminal block 4-pin, 2-row, spacing: 10.16 mm,
label 2: PE L3 L2 L1, L keying: 1010
Table 21: 8EI024HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI034HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI044HWS10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB4104.222L-10 8TB4204.202L-10
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X51A 8TB4104.224G-10
X51B 8TB2104.223L-00
X6 8TB4103.222A-10
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00
X11 8TB4104.227F-10

Model number 8EI024HWS10.XXXX-1 8EI034HWS10.XXXX-1 8EI044HWS10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC In preparation
UL In preparation
Table 23: 8EI024HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI034HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI044HWS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Mains connection
Installed load Max. 18.7 kVA Max. 26.4 kVA Max. 30.5 kVA
Switch-on interval 60 s
Approbation data
CSA 20 to 4 AWG
braking resistor
DC bus connection
Continuous power 3) 10 kW 4) 14 kW 4) 18 kW
mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <3x 400 VAC 10 kW * (Mains input 14 kW * (Mains input 18 kW * (Mains input
voltage [V] / 400 V) voltage [V] / 400 V) voltage [V] / 400 V)
Approbation data
CSA 20 to 4 AWG
24 VDC supply
Input capacitance In preparation
Current consumption 3 A + Current for motor holding brake 6)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 1
Continuous power per motor connection 7) 10 kW 14 kW 18 kW
Continuous current per motor connection 7) 24 Aeff 34 Aeff 44 Aeff
switching frequency
Switching frequency 10 kHz In preparation
Starting at 500 m above sea level 2.4 Aeff per 1000 m 3.4 Aeff per 1000 m 4.4 Aeff per 1000 m
Peak current per motor connection 60 Aeff 85 Aeff 110 Aeff
Peak power output 25 kW 35 kW 45 kW
60034-25
Protective measures
Design
Approbation data
UL/C-UL-US In preparation
CSA In preparation

quency
Quantity 1
Technical data
Chapter 2
Extinction potential 30 V
Max. extinction energy per switching operation In preparation
Protective measures
Peak power output 45 kW
Continuous power 4 kW
Approbation data
CSA 20 to 4 AWG
Protective measures
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Encoder interfaces
Quantity 1

Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 18)19)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%

Dimensions
Width 133 mm
Height 374 mm
Depth
Weight 8 kg
Technical data
Chapter 2
13) This values apply to an external braking resistor. This module is not equipped with an internal braking resistor.
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)

2.6 2-axis modules

2-axis modules
8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
face per axis, 1x 110-230 VAC, 3x 200-230 VAC, 2x 2.2 A, 2
axes, wall mounting
axes, wall mounting
axes, wall mounting
Display modules
Front covers
Plug-in modules
8EAC0122.003-1 ACOPOS P3 plug-in module, 3x resolver interface 10 kHz
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
000010
000010
Table 24: 8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWD10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB3106.223C-20 8TB3206.223C-40
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB3103.222A-20
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00


Model number 8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1 8EI4X5MWD10.XXXX-1 8EI8X8MWD10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Technical data
Mains connection
Chapter 2
3x 200 VAC to 230 VAC ±10%
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Power dissipation at device power rating without [(35 + 10 * PAVG [kW] + 5.8 * (IAX1 [A] + IAX2 [A]) + 0.25 * (IBR12 [A] + IBR22 [A]) + PVSLOT) * 1.1] [W] 2)
braking resistor
DC bus connection
Continuous power 4) 1 kW 5) 2 kW
mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <230 VAC 1 kW * (Mains input 2 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 230 V)
voltage [V] / 230 V)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
24 VDC supply
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 2
Continuous power per motor connection 8) 0.5 / 0.5 kW 1 / 1 kW 2 / 2 kW 9)
Continuous current per motor connection 8) 2.2 / 2.2 Aeff 4.5 / 4.5 Aeff 8.8 / 8.8 Aeff
switching frequency 10)
Switching frequency 20 kHz No reduction 0.144 A/K (starting at 53.6°C) 11) 0.144 A/K (starting at 23.7°C) 11)
Peak current per motor connection 6 / 6 Aeff 12.25 / 12.25 Aeff 24 / 24 Aeff
Peak power output 1.25 kW 2.5 kW 5 kW 12)
60034-25
Protective measures
Table 26: 8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWD10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Design
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
quency
Quantity 2
Max. extinction energy per switching operation 1.5 Ws
Protective measures
Response threshold for open circuit monitoring Approx. 30 mA
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Protective measures
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V

Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Encoder interfaces
Quantity 2
Technical data
Chapter 2
Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 23)24)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m

Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Height 374 mm
Depth
Weight 4 kg

IAX1, IAX2 ... RMS value of the current on axis 1, axis 2
IBR1, IBR2 ... Nominal current of the motor holding brake on axis 1, axis 2
9) The total continuous power of all motor connections is not permitted to exceed 2 kW.
12) The total peak power of all motor connections is not permitted to exceed 5 kW.
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)


2-axis modules
8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
face per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 2x 2.2 A, 2 axes, wall mounting
Technical data
Chapter 2
Display modules
Front covers
Plug-in modules
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
000001
000001
Table 27: 8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWD10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB3106.222B-20 8TB3206.222B-40
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB3103.222A-20
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00

Model number 8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1 8EI4X5HWD10.XXXX-1 8EI8X8HWD10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Table 29: 8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWD10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Mains connection
Installed load Max. 5 kVA Max. 10 kVA
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Power dissipation at device power rating without [(50 + 6.9 * PAVG [kW] + 7.5 * (IAX1 [A] + IAX2 [A]) + 0.25 * (IBR12 [A] + IBR22 [A]) + PVSLOT) * 1.1] [W] 2)
braking resistor
DC bus connection
mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <3x 400 VAC 2 kW * (Mains input 4 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 400 V)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
24 VDC supply
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 2
Continuous power per motor connection 8) 1 / 1 kW 2 / 2 kW 4 / 4 kW 9)
Continuous current per motor connection 8) 2.2 / 2.2 Aeff 4.5 / 4.5 Aeff 8.8 / 8.8 Aeff
Switching frequency 5 kHz No reduction 1.571 A/K (starting at 53.1°C) 11)
Switching frequency 10 kHz No reduction 0.108 A/K (starting at 29.5°C)
Switching frequency 20 kHz No reduction 0.091 A/K (starting at 29.4°C) 12) 0.091 A/K (starting at -17.9°C) 12)
Peak current per motor connection 6 / 6 Aeff 12.25 / 12.25 Aeff 24/24 Aeff
Peak power output 2.5 kW 5 kW 10 kW 13)
60034-25
Protective measures
Design
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG

quency
Quantity 2
Technical data
Chapter 2
Protective measures
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Protective measures
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Encoder interfaces
Quantity 2

Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 24)25)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%

Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Height 374 mm
Depth
Weight 4 kg
Technical data
Chapter 2
IAX1, IAX2 ... RMS value of the current on axis 1, axis 2
IBR1, IBR2 ... Nominal current of the motor holding brake on axis 1, axis 2
11) Value for the nominal switching frequency.
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)

2.6.2.2 Continuous power 2 x 7 kW to 2 x 9 kW (motor connection)

2-axis modules
8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
face per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 2x 17 A, 2 axes, wall mounting
8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
face per axis, 3x 200-480 VAC, 2x 22 A, 2 axes, wall mounting
Display modules
Front covers
Plug-in modules
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
Table 30: 8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB4104.222L-10 8TB4204.202L-10
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB4103.222A-10
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00
X11 8TB4104.227F-10


Model number 8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1 8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC In preparation
UL cULus E225616
Technical data
Mains connection
Chapter 2
Installed load Max. 26.4 kVA Max. 30.5 kVA
Inrush current 100 A
Switch-on interval In preparation
Approbation data
CSA 20 to 4 AWG
braking resistor
DC bus connection
mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <3x 400 VAC 14 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 400 V) 18 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 400 V)
Approbation data
CSA 20 to 4 AWG
24 VDC supply
Current consumption 2.4 A + Current for motor holding brake 6)7)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 2
Continuous power per motor connection 8) 7 / 7 kW 9 / 9 kW
Continuous current per motor connection 8) 17 / 17 Aeff 22 / 22 Aeff
switching frequency
Starting at 500 m above sea level 1.7 Aeff per 1000 m 2.2 Aeff per 1000 m
Peak current per motor connection 42.5/42.5 Aeff 55/55 Aeff
Peak power output 17.5 / 17.5 kW 22.5 / 22.5 kW
60034-25
Protective measures
Table 32: 8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Design
Approbation data
UL/C-UL-US In preparation
CSA In preparation
quency
Quantity 2
Continuous current 4A
Extinction potential In preparation
Max. extinction energy per switching operation In preparation
Max. switching frequency In preparation
Protective measures
Max. cable length In preparation
Peak power output 45 kW
Continuous power 4 kW
Approbation data
CSA 20 to 4 AWG
Protective measures
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG

Encoder interfaces
Quantity 2
Technical data
Chapter 2
Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 18)19)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%

Dimensions
Width 133 mm
Height 374 mm
Depth
Weight 8 kg

7) At nominal 24 VDC supply voltage and 20 kHz switching frequency. Without plug-in card.
13) This values apply to an external braking resistor. This module is not equipped with an internal braking resistor.
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)

2.7 3-axis modules

Technical data
3-axis modules
Chapter 2
8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
axes, wall mounting
axes, wall mounting
axes, wall mounting
Display modules
Front covers
Plug-in modules
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
000010
000010
Table 33: 8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWT10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB3106.223C-20 8TB3206.223C-40
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB3103.222A-20
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00


Model number 8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1 8EI4X5MWT10.XXXX-1 8EI8X8MWT10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Mains connection
3x 200 VAC to 230 VAC ±10%
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Power dissipation at device power rating without [(40 + 10 * PAVG [kW] + 5.8 * (IAX1 [A] + IAX2 [A] + IAX3 [A]) +
braking resistor 0.25 * (IBR12 [A] + IBR22 [A] + IBR32 [A]) + PVSLOT) * 1.1] [W] 2)
DC bus connection
Continuous power 4) 1.5 kW 5) 2 kW
mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <230 VAC 1.5 kW * (Mains in- 2 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 230 V)
put voltage [V] / 230 V)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
24 VDC supply
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 3
Continuous power per motor connection 8) 0.5 / 0.5 / 0.5 kW 1 / 1 / 1 kW 9) 2 / 2 / 2 kW 9)
Continuous current per motor connection 8) 2.2 / 2.2 / 2.2 Aeff 4.5 / 4.5 / 4.5 Aeff 8.8 / 8.8 / 8.8 Aeff
Switching frequency 10 kHz No reduction 0.393 A/K (starting at 45.5°C)
Switching frequency 20 kHz No reduction 0.120 A/K (starting at 41.9°C) 12) 0.120 A/K (starting at 5.9°C) 12)
Peak current per motor connection 6/6/6 Aeff 12.25/12.25/12.25 Aeff 24 / 24 / 24 Aeff
Peak power output 1.25 kW 2.5 kW 13) 5 kW 13)
60034-25
Protective measures
Table 35: 8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWT10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Design
Approbation data
Technical data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Chapter 2
quency
Quantity 3
Protective measures
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Protective measures
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V

Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Encoder interfaces
Quantity 3
Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 24)25)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
ACP10 3.11.2 and higher 3.10.0 and higher
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m

Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Technical data
Storage 5 to 95%
Chapter 2
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Height 374 mm
Depth
Weight 4 kg

IAX1, IAX2, IAX3 ... RMS value of the current on axis 1, axis 2, axis 3
IBR1, IBR2, IBR3 ... Nominal current of the motor holding brake on axis 1, axis 2, axis 3
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)



3-axis modules
8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1 ACOPOS P3 servo drive, 1 digital multi-standard encoder inter-
Technical data
Chapter 2
Display modules
Front covers
Plug-in modules
type SK14
type SK20
Terminals
4321
000001
000001
Table 36: 8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWT10.XXXX-1 - Order data

X1 8TB3106.222B-20 8TB3206.222B-40
X2 8TB3102.222C-20 8TB3202.222C-40
X5x 8TB3308.222A-00
X6 8TB3103.222A-20
X7 8TB2104.2210-50 8TB2204.2210-50
X8 8TB2104.2210-00

Model number 8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1 8EI4X5HWT10.XXXX-1 8EI8X8HWT10.XXXX-1
General information
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Table 38: 8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWT10.XXXX-1 - Technical data

Mains connection
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Power dissipation at device power rating without [(60 + 6.9 * PAVG [kW] + 7.5 * (IAX1 [A] + IAX2 [A] + IAX3 [A]) +
braking resistor 0.25 * (IBR12 [A] + IBR22 [A] + IBR32 [A]) + PVSLOT) * 1.1] [W] 2)
DC bus connection
mains input voltage
Mains input voltage <3x 400 VAC 3 kW * (Mains input 4 kW * (Mains input voltage [V] / 400 V)
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
24 VDC supply
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Motor connection
Quantity 3
Continuous power per motor connection 8) 1 / 1 / 1 kW 2 / 2 / 2 kW 9) 4 / 4 / 4 kW 9)
Continuous current per motor connection 8) 2.2 / 2.2 / 2.2 Aeff 4.5 / 4.5 / 4.5 Aeff 8.8 / 8.8 / 8.8 Aeff
Switching frequency 10 kHz No reduction 0.154 A/K (starting at 46.5°C) 0.154 A/K (starting at 18.5°C)
Switching frequency 20 kHz 0.075 A/K (starting at 37.1°C) 12) 0.075 A/K (starting at 6.4°C) 12) 0.075 A/K (starting at -50.9°C) 12)
Peak current per motor connection 6 / 6 / 6 Aeff 12.25/12.25/12.25 Aeff 24 / 24 / 24 Aeff
Peak power output 2.5 kW 5 kW 13) 10 kW 13)
60034-25
Protective measures
Design
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG

quency
Quantity 3
Technical data
Chapter 2
Protective measures
Approbation data
CSA 24 to 8 AWG
Protective measures
Fieldbus
Enable inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Encoder interfaces
Quantity 3

Typ. 11.45 V ± 0.1 V / 5.2 V ± 0.1 V 24)25)
Protective measures
Minimum 2.0 V
Maximum 6.0 V
Trigger inputs
Quantity 2
Wiring Sink
Input - Input Yes
Input voltage
Nominal 24 VDC
Maximum 30 VDC
Switching threshold
Low <5 V
High >15 V
Switching delay
Rising edge <51 µs
Approbation data
CSA 26 to 12 AWG
Support
Motion system
Nominal 0 to 500 m
Maximum 4000 m
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%

Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Height 374 mm
Depth
Weight 4 kg
Technical data
Chapter 2
IAX1, IAX2, IAX3 ... RMS value of the current on axis 1, axis 2, axis 3
IBR1, IBR2, IBR3 ... Nominal current of the motor holding brake on axis 1, axis 2, axis 3
lmax = f / IG * A * 1/(2*ρ)

2.8 Wiring
2.8.1 Pinout overview
2.8.1.1 1-axis modules
8EI1X6MWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI2X2MWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5MWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI8X8MWS10.xxxx-1

+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
2)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
Slot
X10
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1 X6
3 V
W
PE X1 RBint
3)
B+ X51
L2(N)
PE
X10
PE
DC+
B-
DC-
RB+
RB-
L3
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EIxxxM.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxM.../DC-)
Figure 1: Mains input voltage - 1x 110 to 230 VAC / 3x 200 to 230 VAC
1) A temperature sensor does not need to be connected when using 8ECHxxx hybrid motor cables since the motor temperature is transferred digitally.
2) The COM connection on connector X2 must be grounded to achieve a defined relationship between the signal ground and ground potential!
3) Internal braking resistor RBint is optional and must be selected when configuring the 8EI servo drive. It is not possible to retrofit an internal brake resistor!

8EI1X6HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI2X2HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5HWS10.xxxx-1,

8EI8X8HWS10.xxxx-1
+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
Technical data
Chapter 2
2)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
Slot
X10
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1 X6
3 V
W
PE X1 RBint
3)
B+ X51
PE
X10
PE
DC+
B-
DC-
RB+
RB-
L3
L2
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)
Figure 2: Mains input voltage - 3x 200 to 480 VAC


8EI013HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI017HWS10.xxxx-1
+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
2)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
Slot
X10
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1 X6
3 V
W
PE X1 RBint
3)
B+ X51
PE
X10
PE
DC+
B-
DC-
RB+
RB-
L3
L2
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)


8EI024HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI034HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI044HWS10.xxxx-1

+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
2)
Technical data
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Chapter 2
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
X51A
X43
X51B Slot
X11 X6
X10 X1
8
T X43
ACOPOS P3
8EI
Axis 1
M U
3 V
X51A
W
PE
X11 X1 X6
B+ X10
PE
PE
DC+
DC+
RB+
RB-
DC-
DC-
B-
PE
X51B
L3
L2
L1
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)


8EI2X2MWD10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5MWD10.xxxx-1, 8EI8X8MWD10.xxxx-1

+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
2)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
Slot
8
T X42
M U Axis 2
3 V
W
PE
B+ X52
B-
T+ 1)
T- 1)
X10
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1 X6
3 V
W
PE X1 RBint
3)
B+ X51
L2(N)
PE
X10
PE
DC+
B-
DC-
RB+
RB-
L3
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EIxxxM.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxM.../DC+)

8EI2X2HWD10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5HWD10.xxxx-1, 8EI8X8HWD10.xxxx-1

+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
2)
Technical data
Chapter 2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
Slot
8
T X42
M U Axis 2
3 V
W
PE
B+ X52
B-
T+ 1)
T- 1)
X10
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1 X6
3 V
W
PE X1 RBint
3)
B+ X51
PE
X10
PE
DC+
B-
DC-
RB+
RB-
L3
L2
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)


8EI017HWD10.xxxx-1, 8EI022HWD10.xxxx-1
+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
2)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
X52
X51
Slot
8
T X42
X42
M U
Axis 2
3 V
W
PE
B+ X52
B-
T+ 1)
X11 X6
T- 1) X10 X1
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1
3 V
W
PE
X11 X1 X6
B+ X51
X10
PE
PE
B-
DC+
DC+
RB+
RB-
DC-
DC-
PE
T+ 1)
L3
L2
L1
T- 1)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)


8EI2X2MWT10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5MWT10.xxxx-1, 8EI8X8MWT10.xxxx-1

+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
Technical data
Chapter 2
2)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
8
T X43
M U
Axis 3
3 V
W
PE
B+ X53
B-
T+ 1)
T- 1)
Slot
8
T X42
M U Axis 2
3 V
W
PE
B+ X52
B-
T+ 1)
T- 1)
X10
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1 X6
3 V
W
PE X1 RBint
3)
B+ X51
L2(N)
PE
X10
PE
DC+
B-
DC-
RB+
RB-
L3
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EIxxxM.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxM.../DC-)

8EI2X2HWT10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5HWT10.xxxx-1, 8EI8X8HWT10.xxxx-1

+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
+24 V
COM
X2
Slot X7 X8
8
T X43
M U
Axis 3
3 V
W
PE
B+ X53
B-
T+ 1)
T- 1)
Slot
8
T X42
M U Axis 2
3 V
W
PE
B+ X52
B-
T+ 1)
T- 1)
X10
8
T X41
ACOPOS P3
8EI
M U Axis 1 X6
3 V
W
PE X1 RBint
3)
B+ X51
PE
X10
PE
DC+
B-
DC-
RB+
RB-
L3
L2
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1´)
(=8B0F.../L2´)
(=8B0F.../L3´)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC+)
(=8EIxxxH.../DC-)


2.8.2 Connector X1 - Pinout
2.8.2.1 8EI1X6MWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI2X2MWx10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5MWx10.xxxx-1, 8EI8X8MWx10.xxxx-1
X1 Name Function
DC+ U DC bus +
DC- U DC bus -
L1 Mains connection L1
L2(N) Mains connection L2(N)
Technical data
PE Protective ground conductor
Chapter 2
Table 39: Connector X1 - Pinout
Warning!
Only DC bus circuits of 8EI servo drives with the same supply voltage range are permitted to be con-
nected.
1 * 110 - 230 VAC

50/60 Hz
L N PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
X1
8B0F 8EI
X1
PE
DC+
DC-
X2
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L3'
L2'
L1'
Figure 10: Mains connection 1x 110 - 230 VAC

3 * 200 - 230 VAC

50/60 Hz
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
X1
8B0F 8EI
X1
PE
DC+
DC-
X2
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L3'
L2'
L1'
2.8.2.2 8EI1X6HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI2X2HWx10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5HWx10.xxxx-1, 8EI8X8HWx10.xxxx-1, 8EI013H-

WS10.xxxx-1, 8EI017HWx10.xxxx-1
X1 Name Function
DC+ U DC bus +
DC- U DC bus -
Warning!
nected.

3 * 200 - 480 VAC

50/60 Hz
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
X1
Technical data
Chapter 2
8B0F 8EI
X1
PE
DC+
DC-
X2
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L3'
L2'
L1'
2.8.2.3 8EI024HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI034HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI044HWS10.xxxx-1,

8EI0xxHWD10.xxxx-1
X1 Name Function
Tightening torque for the terminal screws [Nm]: 1.7 to 18 (2-row connectors only)
Information:
Strain relief is required for the cable when using the 2-row connector.
Danger!
During operation, the contacts of connector X1 carry a high voltage if connector X11 is connected.
Touching one of these contacts can result in a life-threatening electric shock. This could result in death
or severe injury.
For this reason, terminal block 8TB3106.222B-20, 8TB3106.223C-20, 8TB3206.222B-40,
8TB3206.223C-40, 8TB4104.222L-10 or 8TB4204.202L-10 must always be connected to connector X1
during operation.

3 * 200 - 480 VAC

50/60 Hz
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
X1
8B0F 8EI
X1
PE
X2
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L2'
L1'
L3'
X2 Name Function
COM 0 V power supply
24 V +24 V power supply
2.8.4 X3A, X3B connectors - Pinout
X3A, X3B Pin Name Function

1 RXD Receive signal
2 RXD\ Receive signal inverted
3 TXD Transmit signal
1
4 Shield Shield
5 Shield Shield
6 TXD\ Transmit signal inverted
7 Shield Shield
8 Shield Shield
Table 43: X3A, X3B connectors - Pinout

2.8.5 Connector X4x (digital multi-encoder interface) - Pinout
X4x Pin Name Function depending on configured encoder type

EnDat 2.2 SSI BiSS HIPERFACE DSL
1 U+ Encoder power supply + ---
2 T Clock output ---
3 --- --- Sense input +5 V 1) HIPERFACE DSL
4 T\ Clock output inverted ---
5 --- --- Sense input 0 V 1) HIPERFACE DSL in-
verted
Technical data
6 D Data ---
Chapter 2
7 COM Encoder power supply 0 V ---
8 D\ Data inverted ---
Table 44: Connector X4x - Pinout

1) Only if the encoder supply voltage is configured accordingly (5 V).
2.8.6 Connector X5x - Pinout
X51/X52/X53 Name Function

B+ Brake +
B- Brake -
BT
T+ Temperature sensor + 1)
T- Temperature sensor - 1)
U Motor connection U
B T V Motor connection V
W Motor connection W
Table 45: Connectors X51, X52, X53 - Pinout

1) A temperature sensor does not have to be connected when using the module's internal EnDat 2.2 encoder connection since the motor temperature is
transmitted digitally via the X4x encoder connection (e.g. when using 8ECH hybrid motor cables).
Danger!
The connections for the motor temperature sensors and the motor holding brake are safely isolated
circuits. These connections are therefore only permitted to be connected to devices or components
that have sufficient isolation per IEC 60364-4-41 or EN 61800-5-1.
Information:
B&R recommends wiring the ACOPOS P3 X5x motor connectors in the following order:
1. X51
2. X52
3. X53
2.8.7 Connector X51A - Pinout
X51A Name Function

U Motor connection U
V Motor connection V
W Motor connection W
Table 46: Connector X51A - Pinout

2.8.8 Connector X51B - Pinout
X51B Name Function

B+ Brake +
B- Brake -
T+ Temperature sensor + 1)
T- Temperature sensor - 1)
Table 47: Connector X51B - Pinout

1) A temperature sensor does not have to be connected when using the module's internal EnDat 2.2 encoder connection since the motor temperature is
transmitted digitally via the X4x encoder connection (e.g. when using 8ECH hybrid motor cables).
Danger!
The connections for the motor temperature sensors and the motor holding brake are safely isolated
circuits. These connections are therefore only permitted to be connected to devices or components
that have sufficient isolation per IEC 60364-4-41 or EN 61800-5-1.
2.8.9.1 8EI1X6xWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI2X2xWx10.xxxx-1, 8EI4X5xWx10.xxxx-1

8EI8X8xWx10.xxxx-1, 8EI01xHWS10.xxxx-1
X6 Name Function
RB- Braking resistor -
RB+ Braking resistor +
Danger!
During operation, the contacts of connector X6 carry dangerous voltages greater than 60 VDC. Touch-
ing one of these contacts can result in a life-threatening electric shock. This could result in death or
severe injury.
For this reason, terminal block 8TB3103.222A-20 or 8TB4103.222A-10 must always be connected to
connector X6 during operation.
2.8.9.2 8EI024HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI034HWS10.xxxx-1, 8EI044HWS10.xxxx-1,

8EI0xxHWD10.xxxx-1
X6 Name Function
RB- Braking resistor -
RB+ Braking resistor +
Danger!
severe injury.
For this reason, terminal block 8TB3103.222A-20 or 8TB4103.222A-10 must always be connected to
connector X6 during operation.

X7 Pin Name Function

1 Enable 1 Enable 1
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1 2 COM (1) Enable 1 0 V
3 Enable 2 Enable 2
4 COM (2) Enable 2 0 V
Technical data
Chapter 2
X8 Pin Name Function

1 Trigger 1 Trigger 1
4 3 2 1
2 COM (1) Trigger 1 0 V

3 Trigger 2 Trigger 2
4 COM (2) Trigger 2 0 V
In preparation
X11 Name Function

DC+ U DC bus +
DC+ U DC bus +
DC- U DC bus -
DC- U DC bus -
Danger!
severe injury.
For this reason, terminal block 8TB4104.227F-10 must always be connected to connector X11 during
operation.
Warning!
nected.

2.9 Setting the POWERLINK node number
ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives do not have node number switches and are delivered with the node number set to 0.
There are 2 ways to set the node number:
• Setting with dynamic node allocation (DNA) in Automation Studio
• Setting with the 8EAD0000.000-1 display module
Information:
If an ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive is supplied with 24 VDC and its node number is set to 0, then LED
"PLK" is lit solid red.
Information:
Node numbers in the range 001 to 239 are permitted.
Node number 000 and in the range 240 to 255 are reserved and not permitted.
Information:
A node number set using the 8EAD0000.000-1 display module is only applied the next time the 24 VDC
power supply of the ACOPOS P3 8E1 servo drive is switched back on.
Setting with dynamic node allocation (DNA)
Information:
The node number of the first ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive in an ACOPOS P3 drive system can only be set
using DNA if it is connected via POWERLINK directly to the controller or another POWERLINK-capable
module (in DNA mode) that can switch hub ports (e.g. X20BC...).
If this is not the case, the node number of the first ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive in an ACOPOS P3 drive
system can only be set using the 8EAD000.0000-00 display module.
Information:
Setting the node number using DNA only works on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives with node number
0 (factory setting).
See also section "Dynamic node allocation (DNA)" in Automation Help.
Setting with the 8EAD0000.000-1 display module

See 3.3.1.4.6 "Setting the POWERLINK node number" on page 102.

Technical data • Accessories
3 Accessories
3.1 8B0F passive line filters
3.1.1 Order data

Line filters passive
8B0F0160H000.A00-1 Passive line filter, 16 A, 3x 480 VAC, 50/60 Hz, IP20
Technical data
8B0F0300H000.000-1 Passive line filter, 30 A, 3x 520 VAC, 50/60 Hz, IP20
Chapter 2
8B0F0550H000.000-1 Passive line filter, 55 A, 3x 520 VAC, 50/60 Hz, IP20
Table 53: 8B0F0160H000.A00-1, 8B0F0300H000.000-1, 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Order data
3.1.2 Technical data
Model number 8B0F0160H000.A00-1 8B0F0300H000.000-1 8B0F0550H000.000-1

General information
Cooling and mounting method Wall mounting
Certification
CE Yes
KC - Yes
UL cULus E225616
Mains connection
Permissible network configurations TT, TN 1)
Mains input voltage Max. 3x 480 VAC ±10% Max. 3x 520 VAC ±10%
Frequency 0 to 60 Hz
Continuous current 16 Aeff2) 30 Aeff2) 55 Aeff2)
Peak current 24 Aeff (<1 min), 1x/h 45 Aeff (<1 min), 1x/h 82.5 Aeff (<1 min), 1x/h
Reduction of continuous current at ambient temper- In preparation
atures starting at 40°C
Power dissipation 3) 6.1 W 11.8 W 25.9 W
Line filter per EN 61800-3, category C3 4) Yes
Design
L1, L2, L3 and L1´, L2´, L3´ Terminals
PE M5 threaded bolt M6 threaded bolt
Shield connection
On mains No
On device No
With wire end sleeves Max. 4 mm² Max. 10 mm² Max. 16 mm²
Approbation data
UL/C-UL-US AWG 12 AWG 8 AWG 4
CSA AWG 12 AWG 8 AWG 4
Electrical characteristics
Discharge capacitance 0.4 µF
Discharge current 5) 33 mA
Lying horizontally Yes
Standing horizontally No
Nominal 0 to 1000 m
Maximum 6) 4000 m
Table 54: 8B0F0160H000.A00-1, 8B0F0300H000.000-1, 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Technical data

Model number 8B0F0160H000.A00-1 8B0F0300H000.000-1 8B0F0550H000.000-1
Pollution degree per EN 61800-5-1 In preparation
Overvoltage category per IEC 60950 II
Protection per EN 60529 IP20
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 7) 55°C
Relative humidity
Operation 5 to 85%
Storage 5 to 95%
Transport Max. 95% at 40°C
Dimensions
Width 45 mm 50 mm 85 mm
Height 250 mm 270 mm 250 mm
Depth 70 mm 85 mm 90 mm
Weight 0.8 kg 1.2 kg 2 kg
Table 54: 8B0F0160H000.A00-1, 8B0F0300H000.000-1, 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Technical data

1) TT and TN power systems are commonly referred to as "Delta/Wye with grounded wye neutral" in the USA.
2) Valid under the following conditions: 3x 480 VAC mains input voltage, 50°C ambient temperature, cos phi = 0.8.
The exact value depends on the respective application.
3) Valid under the following conditions: 25°C ambient temperature, 50 Hz frequency.
4) Limit values from EN 61800-3 C3 (second environment).
5) Valid under the following conditions: 400 VAC mains input voltage, 50 Hz frequency
Note: If two phases are interrupted, the discharge current can be up to 5.4 times higher in extreme cases.
6) Continuous operation at elevations ranging from 1000 m to 4,000 m above sea level is possible (taking the specified continuous current reductions into
consideration). Requirements that go beyond this must be arranged with B&R.
7) Continuous operation at ambient temperatures ranging from 40°C to max. 55°C is possible (taking the specified continuous current reductions into consid-
eration), but this will result in a shorter service life.

3.1.3 Wiring
3.1.3.1 8B0F line filters - Pinout overview
Technical data
Chapter 2
Figure 14: 8B0F0160H000.A00-1, 8B0F0300H000.000-1, 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Pinout overview
3.1.3.1.1 8B0F0160H000.A00-1 - Pinout
X1 - Pinout
X1 Name Function
L3 L2 L1 L1 Mains connection L1 (mains side)
L2 Mains connection L2 (mains side)

Flexible and fine wire lines with wire end sleeves Max. 4 mm²
UL/cULus 12
CSA 12
Tightening torque of the terminal screws 0.8 Nm

X2 - Pinout
X2 Name Function
L1’ Mains connection L1 (load side)
L3' L2' L1'

UL/cULus 12
CSA 12
Tightening torque of the terminal screws 0.8 Nm
3.1.3.1.2 8B0F0300H000.000-1 - Pinout
X1 - Pinout
X1 Name Function
L3 L2 L1 L1 Mains connection L1 (mains side)

UL/cULus 8
CSA 8
Tightening torque of the terminal screws 1.9 to 2.2 Nm
X2 - Pinout
X2 Name Function
L3' L2' L1'

UL/cULus 8
CSA 8
3.1.3.1.3 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Pinout
X1 - Pinout
X1 Name Function

UL/cULus 4
CSA 4

X2 - Pinout
X2 Name Function
Technical data
Chapter 2
UL/cULus 4
CSA 4
3.1.3.1.4 Protective ground connection (PE) (mains and load side)

The protective ground conductor is connected to the threaded bolt provided using a cable lug.
Figure Pin Name Function
--- PE Protective ground conductor
PE
Terminal cross sections [mm²] AWG

Cable lug for threaded bolt 0.25 - 16 23 - 5
Tightening torque of the terminal screws [Nm]: 2.2 Nm
Table 61: Protective ground connection (PE) 8B0F
Danger!
Before switching on the power supply, it must be ensured that the housing of the line filter is properly
connected to ground potential (PE rail). The ground connection must be established even when testing
the line filter or operating it for a short time!
3.1.3.1.5 Input/Output circuit diagram
Figure 15: 8B0F - Input/Output circuit diagram

3.2 8EAC plug-in modules
3.2.1 8EAC0122.001-1
3.2.1.1 General information
Resolver plug-in module 8EAC0122.001-1 can be used in the slot of an ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The module
contains a resolver interface for evaluating BRX resolvers.
The plug-in module evaluates the output from resolvers that are either built into B&R servo motors or used to
evaluate external axes. These resolvers return the absolute position over one revolution. The traverse path is
normally longer than one revolution. In this case, a reference switch must be used and a homing procedure carried
out.
The encoder input signals are monitored. This makes it possible to detect open circuits, short circuits and failures
of the encoder power supply (reference signal).
When switched on, the plug-in module is automatically identified by the operating system on the ACOPOS P3 8EI
servo drive.
3.2.1.2 Order data

Plug-in modules
Resolver cables
8ECR0005.1111C-0 ACOPOS P3 resolver cable, length 5 m, 3x 2x 24 AWG (19x
0.127), 12-pin female speedtec connector, 8-pin male mini I/O
connector, can be used in cable drag chains
Table 62: 8EAC0122.001-1 - Order data
3.2.1.3 Technical data
Model number 8EAC0122.001-1

General information
Module type ACOPOS P3 plug-in module
B&R ID code 0xEA8E
Max. power consumption 1W
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Functional safety1) Not relevant
Encoder connection
Module-side connection 2) 8-pin female mini I/O connector
Status indicators None
Encoder monitoring Yes
Table 63: 8EAC0122.001-1 - Technical data

Output voltage Typ. 3 Veff
Output current Max. 50 mAeff
Frequency 10 kHz
Protective measures
Position
Resolution @ 1 VSS Number of pole pairs * 16 bits
Technical data
Analog inputs
Chapter 2
Digital converter resolution 16-bit
Input impedance 10.4 kΩ - j8 kΩ
Input voltage Resolver transformation ratio: 0.2 - 0.55 ± 10%
Common-mode voltage Max. ±12 V
Signal transmission Differential signals
Support
Motion system
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Operation 5 to 85%
Storage 5 to 95%
Dimensions
Width 24 mm
Height 82 mm
Depth 103 mm
Weight 123 g

1) Achievable safety classifications (safety integrity level, safety category, performance level) are documented in the user's manual (section "Safety technology").
2) The resolver must be wired using a cable with a single shield and twisted pair signal lines.
3.2.1.4 Wiring
3.2.1.4.1 Pinout
Information:
Plug-in module 8EAC is not capable of hot plugging. An 8EAC plug-in module is only permitted to be
connected to or disconnected from an ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive when power to the servo drive is
switched off.
Typical wire colors for
Figure Mini I/O connector 41 A Pin Name 1) Function
the resolver 2)
1 S2 Sine input - Yellow
2 R2 Reference output + Black/White
(or yellow/white)
3 S4 Sine input + Blue
4 R1 Reference output - Red/White
5 S3 Cosine input + Black
6 T1 Temperature sensor + ---
7 S1 Cosine input - Red
8 T2 Temperature sensor - ---
Table 64: Resolver interface 8EAC0122.001-1 - Pinout

1) Names are the same as those used by leading manufacturers (Tamagawa, Tyco, LTN).
2) This refers to the wire colors of the lines connected directly to the resolver that are used universally by leading manufacturers (Tamagawa, Tyco, LTN).
These are not the wire colors in B&R resolver cables!

Danger!
The connections for the motor temperature sensor and encoder are safely isolated circuits. These con-
nections are therefore only permitted to be connected to devices or components that have sufficient
isolation per IEC 60364-4-41 or EN 61800-5-1.
3.2.1.5 Firmware
The firmware is part of the operating system for the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. Firmware is updated by updating
the ACOPOS P3 operating system.

3.2.2 8EAC0122.003-1
Resolver plug-in module 8EAC0122.003-1 can be used in the slot of an ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The module
contains three resolver interfaces for evaluating BRX resolvers.
The plug-in module evaluates the output from resolvers that are either built into B&R servo motors or used to
evaluate external axes. These resolvers return the absolute position over one revolution. The traverse path is
normally longer than one revolution. In this case, a reference switch must be used and a homing procedure carried
Technical data
Chapter 2
out.
The encoder input signals are monitored. This makes it possible to detect open circuits, short circuits and failures
of the encoder power supply (reference signal).
When switched on, the plug-in module is automatically identified by the operating system on the ACOPOS P3 8EI
servo drive.
3.2.2.2 Order data

Plug-in modules
Resolver cables
Table 65: 8EAC0122.003-1 - Order data

General information
Short description 3 resolver interfaces in one module
Module type ACOPOS P3 plug-in module
B&R ID code 0xEA84
Slot Slot 1
Max. power consumption 1.5 W
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Yes
UL cULus E225616
Encoder connection 2)
Module-side connection 3) 8-pin female mini I/O connector
Status indicators None
Encoder monitoring Yes

Encoder power supply 2)
Output voltage Typ. 3 Veff
Output current Max. 50 mAeff
Frequency 10 kHz
Protective measures
Position 2)
Resolution @ 1 VSS Number of pole pairs * 16 bits
Analog inputs 2)
Digital converter resolution 16-bit
Input impedance 10.4 kΩ - j8 kΩ
Input voltage Resolver transformation ratio: 0.2 - 0.55 ± 10%
Common-mode voltage Max. ±12 V
Signal transmission Differential signals
Support
Motion system
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Operation 5 to 85%
Storage 5 to 95%
Dimensions
Width 24 mm
Height 82 mm
Depth 103 mm
Weight 127 g

2) The data in this section applies to each of the 3 resolver interfaces.
3) The resolver must be wired using a cable with a single shield and twisted pair signal lines.

3.2.2.4 Wiring
3.2.2.4.1 Pinout
Information:
switched off.
Technical data
Chapter 2
Mini I/O connector Typical wire colors for
Figure Pin Name 1) Function
X41C/X42C/X43C the resolver 2)
1 S2 Sine input - Yellow
2 R2 Reference output + Black/White
(or yellow/white)
3 S4 Sine input + Blue
4 R1 Reference output - Red/White
5 S3 Cosine input + Black
6 T1 Temperature sensor + ---
7 S1 Cosine input - Red
8 T2 Temperature sensor - ---
Table 67: Resolver interface 8EAC0122.003-1 - Pinout

1) Names are the same as those used by leading manufacturers (Tamagawa, Tyco, LTN).
2) This refers to the wire colors of the lines connected directly to the resolver that are used universally by leading manufacturers (Tamagawa, Tyco, LTN).
These are not the wire colors in B&R resolver cables!
Danger!
The connections for the motor temperature sensor and encoder are safely isolated circuits. These con-
nections are therefore only permitted to be connected to devices or components that have sufficient
isolation per IEC 60364-4-41 or EN 61800-5-1.
3.2.2.5 Firmware
The firmware is part of the operating system for the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. Firmware is updated by updating
the ACOPOS P3 operating system.

3.3 8EAD display modules
3.3.1 Display module 8EAD0000.000-1
The 8EAD display module can be connected to connector X9 of an 8EI servo drive. It is used to display information
as well as to set parameters for the 8EI servo drive:
• Display/Set the POWERLINK node number
• Display the operating system version of the 8EI servo drive
• Display general information about the 8EI servo drive
The 4 push keys on the front of the display module are used to navigate through the menu and to set parameters.
3.3.1.2 Order data

Display modules
Table 68: 8EAD0000.000-1 - Order data
Model number 8EAD0000.000-1

General information
Power consumption Max. 2.5 W
Certifications
CE Yes
UL cULus E225616
Display
Type LCD
Colors Black/White
Resolution 128 x 64
Keys
Type Short stroke keys
Quantity 4
Nominal voltage 5 to 26 VDC
Temperature
Operation
Nominal 5 to 40°C
Maximum 55°C
Relative humidity
Storage 5 to 95%
Table 69: 8EAD0000.000-1 - Technical data

Model number 8EAD0000.000-1
Dimensions
Width 59 mm
Height 75 mm 1)
Depth 20 mm
Weight 53 g
Table 69: 8EAD0000.000-1 - Technical data

1) When connected: 66 mm.
Technical data
Chapter 2
3.3.1.4 Operation
3.3.1.4.1 General information
Display module 8EAD is equipped with four keys that carry out different commands depending on the information
displayed. The respective commands are shown at the bottom of the screen being shown on the display module.
The display module is connected via slot X9 of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. Note that it must be supplied
with 24 VDC voltage.
Node number
ACP10 version
Drive module information
Show Back Up Down
Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4
Figure 16: Display module 8EAD0000.000-1: Key/Command assignments (example)
Command Function
Show Selects the highlighted menu option and either shows respective information or opens the corresponding sub-menu.
Back Switches to the higher-level menu.
Up Moves the entry one position up.
Down Moves the entry one position down.
Table 70: Command functions
3.3.1.4.2 Installation
The 8EAD display module is connected to connector X9 of an 8EI servo drive. A guide rail behind connector X9 on
the 8EI servo drive allows optimal positioning of the 8EAD display module. The corresponding recess is located
on the back of the 8EAD display module.
Information:
The 8EAD display module supports hot plugging.
Observe all safety guidelines in section "Safety guidelines" on page 12!
Connecting the 8EAD display module

1. Slide the 8EAD display module into the guide rail on the 8EI servo drive.
2. Slide the 8EAD display module down until the 8EAD display module's connector is inserted in connector X9
on the 8EI servo drive.
Removing the 8EAD display module

1. Slide the 8EAD display module up until the 8EAD display module's connector is disconnected from connector
X9 on the 8EI servo drive.
2. Slide the 8EAD display module up and off of the guide rail on the 8EI servo drive.

100
Show
ACOPOS P3 Back
Next
V2.49.0 NN 001 change
Node number
ACP10 version
Drive information
Axis 1 information
Axis 2 information
Node number ACP10 Version Drive information Axis n information Display information
Show Back Up Down
ACP10 BSL: V 2.48.0 Module status Axis errors BSL version: 0x0000
Node number
3.3.1.4.3 8EAD0000.000-1 - Menu structure overview
2015/01/01 12:00:00 Boot status Encoder X4n BSYS version: 0x0000

ACP10 SYS: V 2.49.0 Drive data Encoder X4nx Serial number:
2015/01/31 09:00:51 E7D000000
001 Rev. ID.: 00
Set Back Up Next Back Show Back Up Down Show Back Up Down Back
Encoder Encoder
Module status Boot status Drive data Axis errors
X41,X42,X43 X41x,X42x,X43x
Figure 17: 8EAD0000.000-1 - Menu structure

DNA: off Boot reason 0x00000001 Order ID: Error #1: xxxx Pos: xxxx Pos: xxxx
Node number: 1 Hardware status 0x00000000 8EVIxxxxxxxx.xxx-x Error #2: xxxx
Target ID 0x00000000 Serial number : Error #3: xxxx
Bus status 0x00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxx Error #4: xxxx
Network 0x00000000 Rev. ID: xx Error #5: xxxx
Back Back Back Next Back off Back Next Back Next
Revision no.: 0 Error #1: xxxx Type: xxxx Type: xxxx

Min. version.: 0 Error #2: xxxx Error state: xxxx Error state: xxxx
Maj. version.: 0 Error #3: xxxx Status: xxxx Status: xxxx
Error #4: xxxx
Error #5: xxxx
Back Next Back auto Back Next Back Next
ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

3.3.1.4.4 Startup screen

After the boot procedure (approx. 5 seconds duration), the startup screen containing several values is shown:
ACOPOS P3
Technical data
Vx.xx . x NN 001
Chapter 2
Figure 18: Startup screen
Position Description
Top center Model number
Bottom left Current operating system version
Bottom right Current node number (NN xxx or DNA xxx)
Table 71: Descriptions of values
3.3.1.4.5 Main menu
Pressing any key during the startup screen opens the main menu, which provides an overview of all configuration
options and information.
Node number
ACP10 version
Drive information
Axis 1 information
Axis 2 information
Show Back Up Down
Figure 19: Main menu
Menu option Description

Node number Setting the POWERLINK node number
ACP10 version Information about the ACOPOS operating system version
Drive information Information about the module status, boot status and drive data
Axis 1 information Information about axis 1
Display information Information about the display module
Table 72: Main menu - Menu options
Information:
Menu options "Axis 2 information" and "Axis 3 information" are only visible in the main menu if they
also exist.
Information:
The first 5 menu options are displayed. By default, the first menu option is selected (the menu option
colors are inverted). Other entires are visible by pressing "Up" and "Down". If the last menu option is
selected, it is possible to return to the top by pressing "Down" (wraparound).

3.3.1.4.6 Setting the POWERLINK node number
Node number
ACP10 version
Drive information
Axis 1 information
Axis 2 information
Show Back Up Down
Figure 20: Node number - Main menu option
Procedure
1. Select "Node number" in the main menu and confirm by pressing key 1 ("Show"). The current node number
setting on the 8EI servo drive is displayed. The last (lowest) digit in the node number is selected.
Node number
001
Set Back Up Next
Figure 21: Setting the node number
2. Press key 3 ("Up") repeatedly until the digit has the desired value.
3. Press key 4 ("Next") to navigate to the next digit in the node number.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until every digit of the node number has the desired value.
5. Applying / Not applying the node number
a) To apply the node number and exit menu option "Node number":
Press key 1 ("Set"). The new node number is applied on the next restart. The screen returns to the main
menu.
Information:
The new node number is only applied on when the ACOPOS P3 servo drive is restarted.
b) To not apply the node number and exit the "Node number" menu option:
Press key 2 ("Back"). The new node number setting is not applied. The screen returns to the main menu.
3.3.1.4.7 ACP10 version
Node number
ACP10 version
Drive information
Axis 1 information
Axis 2 information
Axis 3 information
Display information
Show Back Up Down
Figure 22: ACP10 version - Main menu option

Command Function
Show Displays information about the ACP10 version.
Back Switches back to the startup screen.
Technical data
ACP10 BSL: V x.xx .x
Chapter 2
2015/01/01 12:00:00
ACP10 SYS: V x.xx .x
2015/01/31 09:00:51
Back
Figure 23: ACP10 version information
• ACP10 BSL: Base operating system firmware information (version, date, time)
• ACP10 SYS: System firmware information (version, date, time)
Command Function
Back Returns to the main menu.
Table 74: Command function
3.3.1.4.8 Drive information
Node number
ACP10 version
Drive information
Axis 1 information
Axis 2 information
Axis 3 information
Display information
Show Back Up Down
Figure 24: Drive information - Main menu option
Command Function
Show Switches to submenu "Drive information".
Module status
Boot status
Drive data
Show Back Up Down
Figure 25: Submenu - Drive information

Command Function
Show Switches to the respective information.
Module status
DNA: off
Node number: 1
Back
Figure 26: Module status
• DNA (dynamic node allocation): This window shows whether the function is enabled ("On") or disabled
("Off").
• Node number: Shows the currently set node number.
Command Function
Back Returns to submenu "Drive information".
Boot status
Boot reason 0x00000001

Hardware status 0x00000000
Target ID 0x00000000
Bus status 0x00000000
Network 0x00000000
Back
Figure 27: Boot status
Shows the internal state of the device and provides information for general troubleshooting. For more
information, please contact Support.
Command Function
Drive data
Order ID:
8EIxxxxxxxx.xxx-x
Serial number :
xxxxxxxxxxxx
Rev. ID: xx
Back Next
Figure 28: Drive data - Information
• Order ID: Displays the model number of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive.
• Serial number: Displays the serial number of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive.
• Rev. ID:: Displays the revision number of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive.

Command Function
Next Displays "Drive data - Hardware information".
Revision no.: 0
Min. version.: 0
Technical data
Maj. version.: 0
Chapter 2
Back Next
Figure 29: Drive data - Hardware information
For more details about individual states, please contact Support.
Command Function
Next Displays "Drive data - Information".
3.3.1.4.9 Axis information
The main menu contains a menu option containing axis information for each axis of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive.
Node number Node number Node number

ACP10 version ACP10 version ACP10 version
Drive information Drive information Drive information
Axis 1 information Axis 1 information Axis 1 information
Display information Display information Display information
Show Back Up Down Show Back Up Down Show Back Up Down
Table 81: Axis n information - Main menu option
Command Function
Show Switches to the respective "Axis information" submenu.
Axis errors Axis errors Axis errors

Encoder X41 Encoder X42 Encoder X43
Encoder X41x Encoder X42x Encoder X43x
Show Back Up Down Show Back Up Down Show Back Up Down
Table 83: Axis n information - Submenu

Command Function
Show Switches to the respective information.
Axis errors
The first 5 axis errors are displayed by default (mode "Off"). Pressing key 4 switches between modes "Off"
and "Auto".
Error #1: xxxx Error #1: xxxx

Back off Back auto
Table 85: Axis errors
Command Function
Back Returns to submenu "Axis information".
auto Automatically rereads and overwrites errors. → The 5 most current errors are always displayed.
off Errors remain frozen. → No notification of new errors.
Encoder X41, X42, X43

Displays information about the permanently installed encoder interface (in slot X41, X42, X43).
Pos: xxxx
Back Next
Figure 30: Encoder information
• Pos: Shows the position of the encoder in unit positions from the reference point.
• The two arrows indicate the direction of rotation of the connected encoder. The filled-in arrow shows the
current direction of rotation of the encoder.
Command Function
Next Displays "Onboard encoder - Information".

Type: xxxx
Error state: xxxx
Status: 0x00000000
Back Next
Technical data
Chapter 2
Figure 31: Onboard encoder information
• Type: Displays the encoder type.

• Error state: Displays the error state of the encoder. Different values can be displayed depending on the
encoder being used.
• Status: Displays the state of the encoder. Different values can be displayed depending on the encoder
being used.
Command Function
Next Displays "Encoder information".
Encoder X41x, X42x, X43x (if available)

Displays information about optionally connected encoders (plug-in card in slot). This is possible depending
on the configuration of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive. For functionality, see "Encoder X41, X42, X43".
3.3.1.4.10 Display information
Node number
ACP10 version
Drive information
Axis 1 information
Axis 2 information
Axis 3 information
Display information
Show Back Up Down
Figure 32: Display information - Main menu option
Command Function
Show Displays information about the display module.
BSL version: 0x0000

BSYS version: 0x0000
Serial number:
E7D000000
Rev. ID.: 00
Back
Figure 33: Display information - Submenu

• BSL version: Shows the version of the base operating system on the display module.
• BSYS version: Shows the version of the operating system on the display module.
• Serial number: Displays the serial number of the display module.
• Rev. ID: Displays the revision number of the display module.
Command Function

3.4 Cables
3.4.1 General information
Assembling cables
Cables assembled by the user are equivalent to cables from 3rd-party manufacturers.
If cables from 3rd-party manufacturers are used, B&R is exempt from any liability and can make no guarantee for
the respective characteristics or proper function of the B&R drive system. The user must ensure that the respective
Technical data
Chapter 2
national regulations are observed.
Information:
Pre-assembled cables from B&R are designed specifically for B&R drive systems and provide consid-
erable support for the disturbance-free operation of B&R drive systems. Whenever possible, always
use pre-assembled cables from B&R!
3.4.2 Cables - Overview

1.5 mm² hybrid motor cables
8ECH0005.1111A-0 ACOPOS P3 hybrid motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 1.5 mm² + 2x 0.75 mm² + 2x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm², 13- 113
pin female speedtec hybrid motor connector, can be used in cable drag chains, UL/CSA listed
10 mm² motor cables
8ECM0005.1523C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 5 m, 4 x 10.0 mm² + 2 x 0.75 mm² + 2 x 1.5 mm² 8-pin female speedtec motor 126
connector size 1.5, can be used in cable drag chains
8ECM0007.1523C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 7 m, 4 x 10.0 mm² + 2 x 0.75 mm² + 2 x 1.5 mm² 8-pin female speedtec motor 126
connector size 1.5, can be used in cable drag chains
8ECM0010.1523C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 10 m, 4 x 10.0 mm² + 2 x 0.75 mm² + 2 x 1.5 mm² 8-pin female speedtec 126
motor connector size 1.5, can be used in cable drag chains
Adapter cable
8ECF00X4.1241C-0 ACOPOS P3 adapter cable for digital encoder interface, length 0.4 m, 1x 4x 0.14 mm² + 4x 0.35 mm², 9-pin 141
female DSUB, 8-pin male Mini I/O connector
EnDat 2.2 cables
8BCF0005.12230-0 Cable extension for EnDat 2.2 cable with springtec connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable drag chains, 152
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
8ECF0005.1221C-0 ACOPOS P3 EnDat 2.2 cable, length 5 m, 1x 4x 0.14 mm² + 4x 0.35 mm², 12-pin female springtec connector, 129
8-pin male mini I/O connector, can be used in cable drag chains
8ECF0005.1231C-0 ACOPOS P3 EnDat 2.2 cable, length 5 m, 1x 4x 0.14 mm² + 4x 0.35 mm², M12 circular connector, 8-pin A- 132
keyed, 8-pin male mini I/O connector, can be used in cable drag chains

Motor cables 1.5 mm²
8BCM0005.11140-0 Cable extension for 1.5 mm² motor cable with speedtec or standard connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable 144
drag chains, UL/CSA listed
8BCM0007.11140-0 Cable extension for 1.5 mm² motor cable with speedtec or standard connector, length 7 m, can be used in cable 144
8BCM0010.11140-0 Cable extension for 1.5 mm² motor cable with speedtec or standard connector, length 10 m, can be used in 144
cable drag chains, UL/CSA listed
8ECM0005.1111C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 1.5 mm² + 2x 2x 0.75 mm² 8-pin female speedtec motor connector, 121
can be used in cable drag chains
Motor cables 4 mm²
8BCM0005.13140-0 Cable extension for 4 mm² motor cable with speedtec or standard connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable 146
8ECM0005.1312C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 4 mm² + 2x 2x 1 mm² 8-pin female speedtec motor connector, can 123
be used in cable drag chains
Motor hybrid cable 4 mm²
8ECH0005.1312A-0 ACOPOS P3 hybrid motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 4 mm² + 2x 1 mm² + 2x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm², 13-pin 115
female speedtec hybrid motor connector, can be used in cable drag chains, UL/CSA listed
Motor hybrid cables 1,5 mm²
8ECH0005.11140-0 Cable extension for 1.5 mm² hybrid motor cable with speedtec connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable 148
drag chains
drag chains
drag chains

drag chains
drag chains
drag chains
Motor hybrid cables 4 mm²
8ECH0005.13140-0 Cable extension for 4 mm² hybrid motor cable with speedtec connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable drag 150
chains
8ECH0007.13140-0 Cable extension for 4 mm² hybrid motor cable with speedtec connector, length 7 m, can be used in cable drag 150
Technical data
chains
Chapter 2
8ECH0010.13140-0 Cable extension for 4 mm² hybrid motor cable with speedtec connector, length 10 m, can be used in cable 150
drag chains
drag chains
drag chains
drag chains
Resolver Cables SpringTec connector
8BCR0005.11230-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with springtec connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable drag chains, UL/ 156
CSA listed
8BCR0007.11230-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with springtec connector, length 7 m, can be used in cable drag chains, UL/ 156
CSA listed
8BCR0010.11230-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with springtec connector, length 10 m, can be used in cable drag chains, 156
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
Resolver cables
8BCR0005.11120-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with speedtec or standard connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable drag 154
chains, UL/CSA listed
8BCR0007.11120-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with speedtec or standard connector, length 7 m, can be used in cable drag 154
chains, UL/CSA listed
8BCR0010.11120-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with speedtec or standard connector, length 10 m, can be used in cable 154
8ECR0005.1111C-0 ACOPOS P3 resolver cable, length 5 m, 3x 2x 24 AWG (19x 0.127), 12-pin female speedtec connector, 8-pin 135
male mini I/O connector, can be used in cable drag chains
Resolver cables SpringTec connector
8ECR0005.1121C-0 ACOPOS P3 resolver cable, length 5 m, 3x 2x 24 AWG (19x 0.127), 12-pin female springtec connector, 8-pin 138
motor cable 0.75 mm²
8ECM0005.1031C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 0.75 mm² + 2x 2x 0.34 mm² 8-pin female springtec motor connector, 118


3.4.3 8ECH hybrid motor cables
3.4.3.1 1.5 mm² hybrid motor cables

1.5 mm² hybrid motor cables
8ECH0005.1111A-0 ACOPOS P3 hybrid motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 1.5 mm² +
2x 0.75 mm² + 2x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm², 13-pin female
Technical data
speedtec hybrid motor connector, can be used in cable drag
Chapter 2
chains
chains
chains
chains
chains
chains
Table 91: 8ECH0005.1111A-0, 8ECH0007.1111A-0, 8ECH0010.1111A-0,

8ECH0015.1111A-0, 8ECH0020.1111A-0, 8ECH0025.1111A-0 - Order data

Model number 8ECH0005. 8ECH0007. 8ECH0010. 8ECH0015. 8ECH0020. 8ECH0025.
1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0
General information
Cable cross section 4x 1.5 mm² + 2x 0.75 mm² + (2x 1x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm²)
Durability Oil resistance per EN 60811-2-1 1)
Listed UL AWM style 21223, 80°C, 1000 V as well as CSA C22.2 No. 210 I/II A/B FT1 1)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Wire insulation Special thermoplastic material
Wire colors Black, brown, blue, yellow/green
Design Copper stranded wire
Cross section 1.5 mm²
Shield No
Stranding No
Supply lines
Quantity 2
Wire colors Brown/Green, white/green
Design Tinned copper stranded wire
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Wire colors White/Blue, white/green, gray, pink, yellow, violet
Design 2x copper stranded wire, 4x tinned copper stranded wire
Cross section 2x 0.24 mm², 4x 0.15 mm²
Shield Tinned copper braiding, optical coverage >85% with foil shield
Stranding White/Blue with white/green, pink with gray and yellow with violet
Cable stranding With filler elements and foil shield
Complete shielding Tinned copper braiding, optical coverage >85% with foil shield

8ECH0015.1111A-0, 8ECH0020.1111A-0, 8ECH0025.1111A-0 - Technical data

1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0 1111A-0
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Color Orange, similar to RAL 2003 flat
Labeling B&R 4x1.5 + 2x0.75 + (2x2xAWG26 + 2x1xAWG24) * E130266
* UL AWM STYLE 21223 * AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1
Connector
Type 13-pin female speedtec hybrid motor connector
Connection cycles <500
Contacts 13
Additional connectors 8-pin male mini I/O encoder connector
Connection cycles: <1500
Contacts: 8
Degree of protection per EN 60529: IP30 when connected
Protection per EN 60529 IP66/67 when connected
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV
Conductor resistance
Power lines ≤13.3 Ω/km
Supply lines ≤84 Ω/km
Signal lines 0.24 mm²: ≤26 Ω/km, 0.15 mm²: ≤140 Ω/km
Insulation resistance ≥200 MΩ*km
Current-carrying capacity per DIN
VDE 0298 part 4, table 11
Wall mounting 20.2 A
Installed in conduit or cable duct 17.8 A
Installed in cable tray 20.9 A
Temperature
Moving -20 to +85°C
Static -20 to +85°C
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Diameter 13 mm ±0.4 mm
Bend radius
Single bend >54 mm
Moving ≥100 mm
Drag chain data
Acceleration Max. 50 m/s² (depends on the travel distance)
Flex cycles 3,000,000
Speed Max. 5 m/s
Weight 1.19 kg 1.67 kg 2.39 kg 3.65 kg 4.82 kg 6 kg

1) Specified values refer to the raw cable being used.

3.4.3.2 4 mm² hybrid motor cables

Motor hybrid cable 4 mm²
8ECH0005.1312A-0 ACOPOS P3 hybrid motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 4 mm² + 2x 1
mm² + 2x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm², 13-pin female speedtec
hybrid motor connector, can be used in cable drag chains
Technical data
Chapter 2





8ECH0015.1312A-0, 8ECH0020.1312A-0, 8ECH0025.1312A-0 - Order data

1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0
General information
Cable cross section 4x 4 mm² + 2x 1 mm² + (2x 1x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm²)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Cross section 4 mm²
Shield No
Stranding No
Supply lines
Quantity 2
Wire colors Brown/Green, white/green
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Wire colors White/Blue, white/green, gray, pink, yellow, violet
Design 2x copper stranded wire, 4x tinned copper stranded wire
Stranding White/Blue with white/green, pink with gray and yellow with violet


1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0 1312A-0
Outer jacket
Material PUR
* UL AWM STYLE 21223 * AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1
Connector
Type 13-pin female speedtec hybrid motor connector
Contacts 13
Contacts: 8
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV
Power lines ≤4.95 Ω/km
Supply lines ≤84 Ω/km
Signal lines 0.24 mm²: ≤19.5 Ω/km, 0.15 mm²: ≤140 Ω/km
Wall mounting 30 A 2)
Installed in conduit or cable duct 30 A 2)
Installed in cable tray 30 A 2)
Temperature
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Diameter 15.7 mm ±0.4 mm
Bend radius
Single bend >65 mm
Moving ≥121 mm
Drag chain data
Speed Max. 5 m/s
Weight 1.98 kg 2.73 kg 3.86 kg 5.74 kg 7.62 kg 9.5 kg

2) Limited to 30 A by the hybrid motor connector.
3.4.3.3 Wiring
3.4.3.3.1 Cable construction
White/Green (WH/GN)
White/Blue (WH/BU)
Brown (BN)
Blue (BU)
Black (BK)
Yellow/Green (YE/GN)
Pos. Name Note

1 Hybrid cable 4 x 1.5 mm² + 2 x 0.75 mm² + (2 + 1 x 0.24 mm² + 2 x 2 x 0.15 mm²)
4 x 4.0 mm² + 2 x 1 mm² + (2 x 1 x 0.24 mm² + 2 x 2 x 0.15 mm²)
2 13-pin female circular connector
Table 95: Hybrid motor cables - Cable construction

3 Heat shrink tubing
4 Wire end sleeves
6 Mini I/O encoder connector
Table 95: Hybrid motor cables - Cable construction
3.4.3.3.2 Pinout
Circular connector Pin Name Function Pin Mini I/O connector
Technical data
1 UP Encoder power supply +12 1
Chapter 2
V
2 UN Encoder power supply 0 V 7
3 D Data 6
4 D\ Data inverted 8
5 T Clock output 2
6 T\ Clock output inverted 4
7 B- Brake 0 V -
8 B+ Brake +24 V -
A U Motor connection U -
B V Motor connection V -
C W Motor connection W -
D - - -
Protective ground conduc-
PE -
tor
Table 96: Hybrid motor cables - Pinout
3.4.3.3.3 Cable diagram
Circular connector Wire end sleeves

Blue (BU) (1.5, 4mm²)
A U
Brown (BN) (1.5, 4 mm²)
B V
Black (BK) (1.5, 4 mm²)
C W
Yellow/Green (YE/GN) (1.5, 4 mm²)
PE
White/Green (WH/GN) (0.75, 1mm²)
7 B-
White/Blue (WH/BU) (0.75, 1 mm²)
8 B+
Brown/Green (BN/GN) (0.24 mm²)
1 1 Up
White/Green (WH/GN) (0.24 mm²)
2 7 Un
Shield sleeve
Gray (GY) (0.15 mm²)

3 6 D
Pink (PK) (0.15 mm²)
4 8 D\
Violet (VT) (0.15 mm²)
5 2 T
Yellow (YE) (0.15 mm²)
6 4 T\
D 5
3
Shield connected to housing
on connector side
Mini I/O
Figure 34: Hybrid motor cables - Cable diagram

3.4.4 8ECM motor cables
3.4.4.1 0.75 mm² motor cables

motor cable 0.75 mm²
8ECM0005.1031C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 0.75 mm² + 2x 2x 0.34
mm² 8-pin female springtec motor connector, can be used in
cable drag chains
mm² 8-pin female springtec motor connector, can be used in
cable drag chains
8ECM0010.1031C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 10 m, 4x 0.75 mm² + 2x 2x
0.34 mm² 8-pin female springtec motor connector, can be used
in cable drag chains
Table 97: 8ECM0005.1031C-0, 8ECM0007.1031C-0, 8ECM0010.1031C-0,

8ECM0015.1031C-0, 8ECM0020.1031C-0, 8ECM0025.1031C-0 - Order data

Model number 8ECM0005. 8ECM0007. 8ECM0010. 8ECM0015. 8ECM0020. 8ECM0025.
1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0
General information
Cable cross section 4x 0.75 mm² + 2x 2x 0.35 mm²
Durability Oil resistance per HD 22.10 appendix A, DIN EN 60811-404 1)
Listed E170315 cRUus AWM STYLE 21223 AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1 1)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Wire colors White, white/red, white/blue, white/green
Shield Separate shielding for pairs, tinned copper braiding, optical coverage >85% and foil shield
Stranding White with white/red and white/blue with white/green
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Labeling B&R 4 G 0.75 + 2 x (2x0.34)C C E170315 cRUus AWM STYLE
21223 AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1 production order number
Connector
Type 8-pin female springtec motor connector
Contacts 8 (4 power and 4 signal contacts)
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV

8ECM0015.1031C-0, 8ECM0020.1031C-0, 8ECM0025.1031C-0 - Technical data

1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0 1031C-0
Power lines ≤26.7 Ω/km
Signal lines ≤56 Ω/km
Insulation resistance ≥500 MΩ*km
Wall mounting 13 A
Technical data
Chapter 2
Temperature
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Diameter 10.1 mm ± 0.3 mm
Bend radius
Single bend >32 mm
Moving >78 mm
Drag chain data
Flex cycles 2) ≤5000000
Speed ≤5 m/s

2) At an ambient temperature from -20 to +60°C.
3.4.4.1.3 Wiring
Cable construction
Pos. Name Note

1 Motor cable 4 x 0.75 mm² + 2 x 2 x 0.35 mm²
3 Self-adhesive heat shrink tubing
4 Wire end sleeves
5 Aluminum strip
Table 99: 0.75 mm² motor cables - Cable construction
Pinout
Circular connector Pin Name Function
A U Motor connection U
B V Motor connection V
C W Motor connection W
1 T+ Temperature +
2 T- Temperature -
3 B+ Brake +
4 B- Brake -
5 --- ---
Table 100: 0.75 mm² motor cables - Pinout

Cable diagram
Motor connector Wire end sleeves

Blue (BU) (0.75 mm²)
A U
Brown (BN) (0.75 mm²)
B V
Black (BK) (0.75 mm²)
C W
Yellow/Green (YEGN) (0.75 mm²)
PE
White (WH) (0.35 mm²)
1 T+
White/Red (WHRD) (0.35 mm²)
2 T-
White/Blue (WHBU) (0.35 mm²)
3 B+
White/Green (WHGN) (0.35 mm²)
4 B-
All shields connected on the connector side
Figure 35: 0.75 mm² ESTB motor cables - Cable diagram


mm² 8-pin female speedtec motor connector, can be used in
cable drag chains
Technical data
Chapter 2
cable drag chains
cable drag chains
cable drag chains
cable drag chains
cable drag chains


1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0
General information
Durability Oil resistance per HD 22.10 appendix A DIN EN 60811-404 1)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Labeling B&R 4 G 1.5 + 2 x (2x0,75)C C E170315 cRUus AWM STYLE
21223 AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1 production order number
Connector
Type 8-pin female speedtec motor connector
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV
Signal lines ≤26.7 Ω/km


1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0
Insulation resistance ≥500 MΩ*km
Wall mounting 20 A
Temperature
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend >38 mm
Moving >94 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤5 m/s


3.4.4.3 4 mm² motor cables

Motor cables 4 mm²
8ECM0005.1312C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 5 m, 4x 4 mm² + 2x 2x 1 mm²
8-pin female speedtec motor connector, can be used in cable
drag chains
Technical data
Chapter 2
drag chains
drag chains
drag chains
drag chains
drag chains


1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0
General information
Cable cross section 4 x 4.0 mm² + 2 x 0.75 mm² + 2 x 1.0 mm²
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Cross section 2 x 0.75 mm² + 2 x 1.0 mm²
Outer jacket
Material TPU
Labeling B&R 4 G 4 + (2x0.75)C + (2x1)C C E170315 cRUus AWM STYLE 21223 AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1
Connector
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV
Signal lines 0.75 mm²: ≤26.7 Ω/km, 1 mm²: ≤20 Ω/km


1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0 1312C-0
Temperature
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend >48 mm
Moving >119 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤5 m/s
Weight 2.22 kg 3.12 kg 4.46 kg 6.7 kg 9 kg 11.2 kg

2) Limited to 30 A by the motor connector.
3.4.4.4 Wiring
3.4.4.4.1 1.5 mm² - 4 mm² motor cables
Construction
White/Blue (WHBU)
White/Green (WHGN)
White/Red (WHRD)
White (WH)
Brown (BN)
Blue (BU)
Black (BK)
Green/Yellow (GNYE)
Pos. Name Note

1 Motor line 4x 1.5 mm² + 2x 2x 0.75 mm² (for 8ECMxxxx.1111C-0)
4x 4 mm² + 2x 2x 1 mm² (for 8ECMxxxx.1312C-0)
4 Wire end sleeve
5 Aluminum belt With conductive glue
Table 105: 1.5 mm² - 4 mm² motor cables - Construction
Pinout
1 U Motor connection U
2 PE Protective ground conductor
3 W Motor connection W
4 V Motor connection V
A T+ Temperature +
B T- Temperature -
C B+ Brake +
D B- Brake -
Table 106: 1.5 mm² - 4 mm² motor cables - Pinout

Cable diagram

Blue (BU) (1.5, 4 mm²)
1 U
Brown (BN) (1.5, 4 mm²)
4 V
Black (BK) (1.5, 4 mm²)
3 W
Technical data
Chapter 2
Green/Yellow (GNYE) (1.5, 4 mm²)
2 PE
White (WH) (0.75, 1 mm²)
A T+
White/Red (WHRD) (0.75, 1 mm²)
B T-
White/Blue (WHBU) (0.75, 1 mm²)
C B+
White/Green (WHGN) (0.75, 1 mm²)
D B-
All shields connected

on the connector side
Figure 36: 1.5 mm² - 4 mm² motor cables - Cable diagram


10 mm² motor cables
8ECM0005.1523C-0 ACOPOS P3 motor cable, length 5 m, 4 x 10.0 mm² + 2 x 0.75
mm² + 2 x 1.5 mm² 8-pin female speedtec motor connector size
1.5, can be used in cable drag chains


1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0
General information
Cable cross section 4x 10 mm² + 2x 0.75 mm² + 2x 1.5 mm²
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Cross section 2x 0.75 mm² + 2x 1.5 mm²
Outer jacket
Material TPU
Labeling B&R 4 G 10 + (2x0.75)C + (2x1.5)C C E170315 cRUus AWM STYLE 21223 AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1
Connector
Type 8-pin female speedtec motor connector, size 1.5
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV
Signal lines 0.75 mm²: ≤26.7 Ω/km, 1.5 mm²: ≤13.7 Ω/km


1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0 1523C-0
Temperature
Technical data
Chapter 2
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend >62 mm
Moving >154 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤5 m/s
Weight 4.47 kg 6 kg 8.3 kg 12.3 kg 16 kg 19.45 kg

3.4.4.5.3 Wiring
Cable construction
Pos. Name Note

1 Motor line 4 x 10 mm² + 2 x 0.75 mm² + 2 x 1.5 mm²
4 Wire end sleeves
5 Aluminum strip
Table 109: 10 mm² motor cables - Cable construction
Pinout
U U Motor connection U
Ground symbol PE Protective ground conductor
W W Motor connection W
V V Motor connection V
1 T+ Temperature +
2 T- Temperature -
+ B+ Brake +
- B- Brake
Table 110: 10 mm² motor cables - Pinout

Cable diagram

bl (10 mm²)
U U
br (10 mm²)
V V
bw (10 mm²)
W W
yw/gn (10 mm²)
PE
wh (0.75 mm²)
1 T+
wh/rd (0.75 mm²)
2 T-
wh/bl (1.5 mm²)
+ B+
wh/gn (1.5 mm²)
- B-
All shields connected on the connector side
Figure 37: 10 mm² motor cables - Cable diagram

3.4.5 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables
3.4.5.1 Order data

EnDat 2.2 cables
8ECF0005.1221C-0 ACOPOS P3 EnDat 2.2 cable, length 5 m, 1x 4x 0.14 mm² + 4x
0.35 mm², 12-pin female springtec connector, 8-pin male mini I/
O connector, can be used in cable drag chains
Technical data
Chapter 2
Table 111: 8ECF0005.1221C-0, 8ECF0007.1221C-0, 8ECF0010.1221C-0,

8ECF0015.1221C-0, 8ECF0020.1221C-0, 8ECF0025.1221C-0 - Order data
Model number 8ECF0005. 8ECF0007. 8ECF0010. 8ECF0015. 8ECF0020. 8ECF0025.

1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0
General information
Cable cross section 1x 4x 0.14 mm² + 4x 0.35 mm²
Durability Per DIN EN 50363-10-2 (VDE 0207-363-10-2) 1)
Listed UR AWM style 20963, 80°C, 30 V, E63216 1)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Supply lines
Quantity 4
Wire colors White/Green, brown/green, blue, white
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Wire insulation Polyolefin foam
Wire colors Yellow, gray, pink, violet
Shield No
Stranding 4 wires around a filler material in the core
Cable stranding With foil shield
Complete shielding Copper/Tin braiding, optical coverage ≥85%
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Color Green
Labeling B&R 4x0.14 + 4x0.35 FLEX UR AWM STYLE 20963 80°C 30 V E63216 1)
Connector
Type EnDat 12-pin female springtec connector
Contacts 12
Contacts: 8
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1 kV
Wire/Shield 0.5 kV

8ECF0015.1221C-0, 8ECF0020.1221C-0, 8ECF0025.1221C-0 - Technical data

1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0 1221C-0
Supply lines ≤55 Ω/km
Insulation resistance >200 MΩ * km
Temperature
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend ≥19 mm
Moving >47 mm
Drag chain data
Acceleration ≤60 m/s²
Flex cycles ≥3,000,000 2)
Speed ≤4 m/s

2) Valid at an ambient temperature of 20°C and bend radius of 75 mm.
3.4.5.3 Wiring
3.4.5.3.1 Construction
Pos. Name Note

1 Encoder line 1x 4x 0.14 mm² + 4x 0.34 mm²
Coding contact
Table 113: 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables - Construction
3.4.5.3.2 Pinout
1 +12 V out Encoder power supply +12 V 1
2 D Data input 6
1 4 T Clock output 2
2 12
3 11
6 ---
4 10 7 COM Encoder power supply 0 V 7
8 --- Coding contact
5 9
6 8
7 9 ---
10 ---
11 ---
12 ---
Table 114: 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables - Pinout

Circular connector Mini I/O
Brown/Green (BNGN) (0.34 mm²)

+12 V out 1 1
COM 7 7
D 2 6
D\ 3 8
Technical data
T 4 2
Chapter 2
T\ 5 4
8 nc nc 3
6 nc nc 5
9 nc
10 nc Shield connected to housing
11 nc on connector side
12 nc
Figure 38: 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables - Cable diagram

3.4.6 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - EnDat 2.2 cables
3.4.6.1 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - Order data

EnDat 2.2 cables
8ECF0005.1231C-0 ACOPOS P3 EnDat 2.2 cable, length 5 m, 1x 4x 0.14 mm² +
4x 0.35 mm², M12 circular connector, 8-pin A-keyed, 8-pin male
mini I/O connector, can be used in cable drag chains

8ECF0015.1231C-0, 8ECF0020.1231C-0, 8ECF0025.1231C-0 - Order data
3.4.6.2 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - Technical data

1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0
General information
Cable cross section 4 x 0.14 mm² + 4 x 0.35 mm²
Durability Oil resistance per VDE 0472 Part 803 test type B 1)
Listed UL AWM style 20963, 80°C, 30 V, E63216 1)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Supply lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding All 4 wires together
Complete shielding Copper/Tin braiding
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Color Black
Labeling B&R 4 x 0.14 + 4 x 0.35 FLEX (UL) AWM STYLE 20963 80°C 30 V E63216
Connector
Type 8-pin female M12 circular connector, A-keyed
Contacts 8
Contacts: 8
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1 kV
Wire/Shield 0.5 kV


1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0 1231C-0
Supply lines ≤0.28 Ω
Signal lines ≤0.67 Ω
Insulation resistance >40 GΩ
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 80°C
Technical data
Chapter 2
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Diameter 6 mm ± 0.2 mm
Bend radius
Single bend >19 mm
Moving >47 mm
Drag chain data
Acceleration <60 m/s²
Flex cycles ≥3,000,000
Speed ≤4 m/s

3.4.6.3 Wiring
Pos. Name Note

1 Encoder line 1 x 4 x 0.14 mm² + 4 x 0.34 mm²
2 8-pin circular connector, A-keyed
Contact connector
Table 117: 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - Cable construction
3.4.6.3.2 Pinout
Circular connector Pin Name Function Pin DSUB connector
8 +12 V out Encoder power supply 1
+12 V
3 D Data input 6
7 T Clock output 2
1 --- --- ---
5 COM Encoder power supply 7
0V
2 --- --- ---
Table 118: M12 circular connector - Pinout

M12 circular connector, A-keyed Mini I/O

+12 V out 8 1
COM 5 7
2 nc nc 5
1 nc nc 3
D 3 6
D\ 4 8
T 7 2
T\ 6 4

on connector side over wide area
Figure 39: 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - Cable diagram

3.4.7 8BCR resolver cables
3.4.7.1 Order data

Resolver cables
Technical data
Chapter 2
Table 119: 8ECR0005.1111C-0, 8ECR0007.1111C-0, 8ECR0010.1111C-0,

8ECR0015.1111C-0, 8ECR0020.1111C-0, 8ECR0025.1111C-0 - Order data
Model number 8ECR0005. 8ECR0007. 8ECR0010. 8ECR0015. 8ECR0020. 8ECR0025.

1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0
General information
Cable cross section 3x 2x 24 19 AWG
Durability Oil resistance per VDE 0472 Part 803 as well as standard hydraulic oils 1)
Listed UL AWM style 20671, 90°C, 30 V, E63216 and CSA AWM, 90°C, 30 V, I/II A/B FT1 LL46064 1)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Wire colors White, brown, green, yellow, gray, pink
Cross section AWG 24 / AWG 19
Shield No
Stranding White with brown, green with yellow, gray with pink
Cable stranding The 3 pairs together covered by foil shield
Complete shielding Copper braiding, optical coverage ≥90% with foil shield
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Color RAL 6018
Labeling BERNECKER + RAINER 3x2x24 AWG FLEX UL AWM STYLE
20671 90°C 30 V E63216 CSA AWM 90°C 30 V I/II A/B FT1 LL46064
Connector
Type 12-pin female speedtec resolver connector
Contacts 12
Contacts: 8
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1.5 kV
Wire/Shield 0.8 kV
Insulation resistance >200 MΩ*km
Temperature
Moving -20 to 80°C
Static -20 to 90°C

8ECR0015.1111C-0, 8ECR0020.1111C-0, 8ECR0025.1111C-0 - Technical data

1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0 1111C-0
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Moving ≥50 mm
Drag chain data
Flex cycles 2) ≥3,000,000
Speed ≤4 m/s
Weight 0.39 kg 0.52 kg 0.7 kg 1 kg 1.4 kg 1.7 kg

2) At an ambient temperature of 20°C and bend radius of 65 mm.
3.4.7.3 Wiring
3.4.7.3.1 Construction
Pos. Name Note

1 Encoder line 3x 2x 24 AWG/19
Table 121: 8ECR resolver cables - Construction
3.4.7.3.2 Pinout
1 ---
2 ---
3 S4 Sine input + 3
4 S1 Cosine input - 7
5 R2 Reference output + 2
6 ---
7 S2 Sine input - 1
8 S3 Cosine input + 5
9 R1 Reference output - 4
10 ---
11 ---
12 ---
Table 122: 8ECR resolver cables - Pinout

pk (24 AWG)
R1 9 4
gr (24 AWG)
R2 5 2
yw (24 AWG)
S2 7 1
gn (24 AWG)
S4 3 3
Technical data
wh (24 AWG)
Chapter 2
S1 4 7
br (24 AWG)
S3 8 5
1 nc nc 6
2 nc nc 8
6 nc
10 nc on connector side
12 nc
Figure 40: 8ECR resolver cables - Cable diagram

3.4.8 8ECR resolver cables with springtec connector
3.4.8.1 Order data

Resolver cables SpringTec connector
0.127), 12-pin female springtec connector, 8-pin male mini I/O

8ECR0015.1121C-0, 8ECR0020.1121C-0, 8ECR0025.1121C-0 - Order data

1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0
General information
Cable construction
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Shield No
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Color RAL 6018
Connector
Type 12-pin female springtec circular connector
Contacts 12
Additional connectors 8-pin female mini I/O encoder connector
Contacts: 8
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1.5 kV
Wire/Shield 0.8 kV
Temperature


1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0 1121C-0
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Moving ≥50 mm
Drag chain data
Technical data
Chapter 2
Speed ≤4 m/s

3.4.8.3 Wiring
Pos. Name Note

1 Encoder line 3 x 2 x 24 AWG/19
2 12-pin female springtec circular connector
Coding contact
Table 125: ESTB resolver cables - Cable construction
3.4.8.3.2 Pinout
1 --- Coding contact! ---
2 --- ---
3 --- ---
4 --- ---
5 --- ---
6 R1 Reference output inverted 4
7 --- ---
8 S4 Sine input + 3
9 S2 Sine input - 1
10 S3 Cosine input + 5
11 S1 Cosine input - 7
12 R2 Reference output 2
Table 126: ESTB resolver cables - Pinout


Pink (PK) (24 AWG)
R1 6 4
Gray (GY) (24 AWG)
R2 12 2
Yellow (YE) (24 AWG)
S2 9 1
Green (GN) (24 AWG)
S4 8 3
White (WH) (24 AWG)
S1 11 7
Brown (BN) (24 AWG)
S3 10 5
1 nc nc 6
2 nc nc 8
3 nc
4 nc
5 nc
on connector side
Figure 41: ESTB resolver cables - Cable diagram

3.4.9 Adapter cable
3.4.9.1 8ECF00X4.1241C-0
• ACOPOS P3 adapter cable for digital encoder interfaces

• Makes it possible to connect an encoder cable with 9-pin DSUB connector to a digital encoder interface on
an ACOPOS P3 servo drive or ACOPOS P3 8EAC plug-in module
• Assembled specifically for use with ACOPOS P3 servo drives and ACOPOS P3 8EAC plug-in modules
Technical data
Chapter 2
Adapter cable
8ECF00X4.1241C-0 ACOPOS P3 adapter cable for digital encoder interface, length
0.4 m, 1x 4x 0.14 mm² + 4x 0.35 mm², 9-pin female DSUB, 8-
pin male Mini I/O connector
Table 127: 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Order data

Model number 8ECF00X4.1241C-0
General information
Certifications
CE In preparation
Cable construction
Supply lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Outer jacket
Material PUR
Color Green
Connector
Type 9-pin female DSUB connector
Contacts 9
Additional connectors 8-pin male mini I/O servo connector
Contacts: 8
Protection per EN 60529 IP20 when connected
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1 kV
Wire/Shield 0.5 kV
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 80°C
Table 128: 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Technical data

Model number 8ECF00X4.1241C-0
Dimensions
Length 0.4 m
Bend radius
Moving ≥47 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤4 m/s
Weight 0.03 kg
Table 128: 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Technical data

3.4.9.1.3 Wiring
Cable construction
Pos. Name Note

1 Cables 4 x 0.14 mm² + 4 x 0.35 mm²
2 9-pin male DSUB connector with metallic housing
4 Mini I/O connector
5 Hex extender For screwing in the DSUB connector on an encoder cable
Table 129: Adapter cable 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Cable construction
Pinout
DSUB connector Pin Name 1) Function 1) Pin Mini I/O connector
1 V out Encoder power supply + 1
2 S+ / HDSL+ Sense+ / HiperfaceDSL+ 3
3 --- --- ---
4 D Data input 6
5 T Clock output 2
6 COM Encoder power supply 0 V 7
7 S- / HDSL- Sense- / HiperfaceDSL- 5
Table 130: Adapter cable 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Pinout

1) Corresponds to the name/function of X4x connectors on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives or X4xx connectors on ACOPOS P3 8EAC plug-in modules.

Cable diagram
DSUB Mini I/O

V out 1 1
COM 6 7
Gray (GR) (0.14 mm²)
D 4 6
Technical data
Chapter 2
D\ 8 8
T 5 2
T\ 9 4
Blue (BL) (0.34 mm²)
S+ / HDSL+ 2 3
White (WH) (0.34 mm²)
S- / HDSL- 7 5
3 nc
on connector side
Figure 42: Adapter cable 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Cable diagram

3.4.10 Cable extensions

8BCM0005.11140-0 Cable extension for 1.5 mm² motor cable with speedtec or stan-
dard connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable drag chains,
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
Table 131: 8BCM0005.11140-0, 8BCM0007.11140-0, 8BCM0010.11140-0,

8BCM0015.11140-0, 8BCM0020.11140-0, 8BCM0025.11140-0 - Order data

Model number 8BCM0005. 8BCM0007. 8BCM0010. 8BCM0015. 8BCM0020. 8BCM0025.
11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0
General information
Listed UL AWM style 20234, 80°C, 1000 V, E63216 as well as CSA AWM I/II A/B, 90°C, 1000 V, FT2 LL46064 1)
Certification
CE Yes
UL cULus E225616
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Outer sheathing
Material PUR
Labeling BERNECKER + RAINER 4x1.5+2x2x0.75 FLEX UL AWM STYLE 20234
80°C 1000 V E63216 CSA AWM I/II A/B 90°C 1000 V FT2 LL46064
Connector
Additional connectors 8-pin male coupling
Connection cycles: >50
Contacts: 8
Protection per EN 60529: IP67 when connected
Table 132: 8BCM0005.11140-0, 8BCM0007.11140-0, 8BCM0010.11140-0,

8BCM0015.11140-0, 8BCM0020.11140-0, 8BCM0025.11140-0 - Technical data
11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0
Electrical characteristics 1)
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 3 kV
Wire/Shield 3 kV
Power lines ≤0.07 Ω ≤0.1 Ω ≤0.14 Ω ≤0.21 Ω ≤0.28 Ω ≤0.35 Ω
Signal lines ≤0.15 Ω ≤0.2 Ω ≤0.29 Ω ≤0.44 Ω ≤0.58 Ω ≤0.73 Ω
Insulation resistance >40 GΩ >28.57 GΩ >20 GΩ >13.33 GΩ >10 GΩ >8 GΩ
Technical data
Chapter 2
Wall mounting 20 A
Environmental conditions 1)
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 90°C
Mechanical characteristics 1)
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend >40 mm
Moving ≥99 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤4 m/s
Table 132: 8BCM0005.11140-0, 8BCM0007.11140-0, 8BCM0010.11140-0,



Motor cables 4 mm²
8BCM0005.13140-0 Cable extension for 4 mm² motor cable with speedtec or stan-
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
UL/CSA listed
Table 133: 8BCM0005.13140-0, 8BCM0007.13140-0, 8BCM0010.13140-0,

8BCM0015.13140-0, 8BCM0020.13140-0, 8BCM0025.13140-0 - Order data

13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0
General information
Cable cross section 4x 4 mm² + 2x 0.75 mm² + 2x 1 mm²
Listed UL AWM style 20234, 80°C, 1000 V, E63216 as well as CSA AWM I/II A/B, 90°C, 1000 V, FT2 LL46064 1)
Certification
CE Yes
UL cULus E225616
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Cross section 2x 0.75 mm² + 2x 1 mm²
Outer sheathing
Material PUR
Labeling BERNECKER + RAINER 4x4.0+2x2x1.0 FLEX UL AWM STYLE 20234
80°C 1000 V E63216 CSA AWM I/II A/B 90°C 1000 V FT2 LL46064
Connector
Contacts: 8
Table 134: 8BCM0005.13140-0, 8BCM0007.13140-0, 8BCM0010.13140-0,


13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 3 kV
Wire/Shield 3 kV
Power lines ≤0.03 Ω ≤0.04 Ω ≤0.05 Ω ≤0.08 Ω ≤0.1 Ω ≤0.13 Ω
Technical data
Chapter 2
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 90°C
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend >50 mm
Moving ≥122 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤4 m/s
Table 134: 8BCM0005.13140-0, 8BCM0007.13140-0, 8BCM0010.13140-0,

2) Limited to 30 A by the motor connector.

3.4.10.3 1.5 mm² hybrid motor cables

Motor hybrid cables 1,5 mm²
8ECH0005.11140-0 Cable extension for 1.5 mm² hybrid motor cable with speedtec
connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable drag chains
Table 135: 8ECH0005.11140-0, 8ECH0007.11140-0, 8ECH0010.11140-0,

8ECH0015.11140-0, 8ECH0020.11140-0, 8ECH0025.11140-0 - Order data

11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0
General information
Cable cross section 4x 1.5 mm² + 2x 0.75 mm² + (2x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm²)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Supply lines
Quantity 2
Wire colors White/Blue, white/green
Stranding White/Blue with white/green
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Wire colors Brown/Green, white/green, gray, pink, yellow, violet
Stranding Brown/Green with white/green, pink with gray and yellow with violet
Outer jacket
Material PUR
* cURus AWM STYLE 21223 * AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1
Connector
Type 13-pin female speedtec circular connector
Contacts 13
Contacts: 13
Table 136: 8ECH0005.11140-0, 8ECH0007.11140-0, 8ECH0010.11140-0,

8ECH0015.11140-0, 8ECH0020.11140-0, 8ECH0025.11140-0 - Technical data

11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0 11140-0
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV
Signal lines 0.24 mm²: ≤84 Ω/km, 0.15 mm²: ≤140 Ω/km
Technical data
Chapter 2
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 90°C
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend >40 mm
Moving ≥100 mm
Drag chain data
Acceleration 4 m/s²
Speed 4 m/s
Table 136: 8ECH0005.11140-0, 8ECH0007.11140-0, 8ECH0010.11140-0,


3.4.10.4 4 mm² hybrid motor cables

Motor hybrid cables 4 mm²
8ECH0005.13140-0 Cable extension for 4 mm² hybrid motor cable with speedtec
Table 137: 8ECH0005.13140-0, 8ECH0007.13140-0, 8ECH0010.13140-0,

8ECH0015.13140-0, 8ECH0020.13140-0, 8ECH0025.13140-0 - Order data

13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0
General information
Cable cross section 4x 4 mm² + 2x 1 mm² + (2x 0.24 mm² + 2x 2x 0.15 mm²)
Certifications
CE Yes
Cable construction
Power lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Supply lines
Quantity 2
Wire colors White/Blue, white/green
Stranding White/Blue with white/green
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Wire colors Brown/Green, white/green, gray, pink, yellow, violet
Stranding Brown/Green with white/green, pink with gray and yellow with violet
Outer jacket
Material PUR
* cURus AWM STYLE 21223 * AWM I/II A/B 80°C 1000 V FT1
Connector
Contacts 13
Contacts: 13
Table 138: 8ECH0005.13140-0, 8ECH0007.13140-0, 8ECH0010.13140-0,


13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0 13140-0
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 4 kV
Wire/Shield 4 kV
Supply lines ≤19.5 Ω/km
Signal lines 0.24 mm²: ≤84 Ω/km, 0.15 mm²: ≤140 Ω/km
Technical data
Chapter 2
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 90°C
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Bend radius
Single bend >48 mm
Moving ≥120 mm
Drag chain data
Acceleration 4 m/s²
Speed 4 m/s
Table 138: 8ECH0005.13140-0, 8ECH0007.13140-0, 8ECH0010.13140-0,

2) Limited to 30 A by the hybrid motor connector.

3.4.10.5 EnDat 2.2 cables

EnDat 2.2 cables
8BCF0005.12230-0 Cable extension for EnDat 2.2 cable with springtec connector,
length 5 m, can be used in cable drag chains, UL/CSA listed
Table 139: 8BCF0005.12230-0, 8BCF0007.12230-0, 8BCF0010.12230-0,

8BCF0015.12230-0, 8BCF0020.12230-0, 8BCF0025.12230-0 - Order data

Model number 8BCF0005. 8BCF0007. 8BCF0010. 8BCF0015. 8BCF0020. 8BCF0025.
12230-0 12230-0 12230-0 12230-0 12230-0 12230-0
General information
Certification
CE Yes
UL cULus E225616
Cable construction
Supply lines
Quantity 4
Shield No
Stranding No
Signal lines
Quantity 4
Wire insulation Polyolefin foam
Shield No
Outer sheathing
Material PUR
Color Green
Connector
Connection cycles >50
Contacts 12 (4 power supply and 4 signal contacts)
Contacts: 12
Operating voltage ≤30 V
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1 kV
Wire/Shield 0.5 kV
Table 140: 8BCF0005.12230-0, 8BCF0007.12230-0, 8BCF0010.12230-0,

8BCF0015.12230-0, 8BCF0020.12230-0, 8BCF0025.12230-0 - Technical data

Model number 8BCF0005. 8BCF0007. 8BCF0010. 8BCF0015. 8BCF0020. 8BCF0025.
12230-0 12230-0 12230-0 12230-0 12230-0 12230-0
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 80°C
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Technical data
Chapter 2
Bend radius
Moving ≥75 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤4 m/s
Table 140: 8BCF0005.12230-0, 8BCF0007.12230-0, 8BCF0010.12230-0,

8BCF0015.12230-0, 8BCF0020.12230-0, 8BCF0025.12230-0 - Technical data

3.4.10.6 Resolver cables

Resolver cables
8BCR0005.11120-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with speedtec or standard
connector, length 5 m, can be used in cable drag chains, UL/
CSA listed
CSA listed
CSA listed
CSA listed
CSA listed
CSA listed
Table 141: 8BCR0005.11120-0, 8BCR0007.11120-0, 8BCR0010.11120-0,

8BCR0015.11120-0, 8BCR0020.11120-0, 8BCR0025.11120-0 - Order data

Model number 8BCR0005. 8BCR0007. 8BCR0010. 8BCR0015. 8BCR0020. 8BCR0025.
11120-0 11120-0 11120-0 11120-0 11120-0 11120-0
General information
Certification
CE Yes
UL cULus E225616
Cable construction
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Shield No
Outer sheathing
Material PUR
Color RAL 6018
Connector
Contacts 12
Contacts: 12
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1.5 kV
Wire/Shield 0.8 kV
Table 142: 8BCR0005.11120-0, 8BCR0007.11120-0, 8BCR0010.11120-0,

8BCR0015.11120-0, 8BCR0020.11120-0, 8BCR0025.11120-0 - Technical data

11120-0 11120-0 11120-0 11120-0 11120-0 11120-0
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 90°C
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Technical data
Bend radius
Chapter 2
Moving ≥50 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤4 m/s
Weight 0.33 kg 0.46 kg 0.7 kg 1 kg 1.4 kg 1.7 kg
Table 142: 8BCR0005.11120-0, 8BCR0007.11120-0, 8BCR0010.11120-0,


3.4.10.7 Resolver cables with springtec connector

Resolver Cables SpringTec connector
8BCR0005.11230-0 Cable extension for resolver cable with springtec connector,
Table 143: 8BCR0005.11230-0, 8BCR0007.11230-0, 8BCR0010.11230-0,

8BCR0015.11230-0, 8BCR0020.11230-0, 8BCR0025.11230-0 - Order data

11230-0 11230-0 11230-0 11230-0 11230-0 11230-0
General information
Certification
CE Yes
UL cULus E225616
Cable construction
Signal lines
Quantity 6
Shield No
Outer sheathing
Material PUR
Color RAL 6018
Connector
Contacts 12
Contacts: 12
Test voltage
Wire/Wire 1.5 kV
Wire/Shield 0.8 kV
Temperature
Moving -10 to 80°C
Static -40 to 90°C
Dimensions
Length 5m 7m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
Table 144: 8BCR0005.11230-0, 8BCR0007.11230-0, 8BCR0010.11230-0,


11230-0 11230-0 11230-0 11230-0 11230-0 11230-0
Bend radius
Moving ≥50 mm
Drag chain data
Speed ≤4 m/s
Technical data
Table 144: 8BCR0005.11230-0, 8BCR0007.11230-0, 8BCR0010.11230-0,
Chapter 2
3.5 General accessories
3.5.1 Overview

Front covers
8EXA100.0010-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, single-width, height 1 163
8EXA100.0020-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, single-width, height 1 164
8EXA200.0010-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, single-width, height 2 165
8EXA200.0020-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, single-width, height 2 166
8EXA300.0010-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, double-width, height 2 167
8EXA300.0020-00 ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, double-width, height 2 168
Keying plugs
8EXC000.0022-00 Keying plugs, red (20x 6 pcs.), for 8TB3308.222A-00 / 8TB4104.224G-10 186
8SCSE01.0100-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x ACOPOS P3 shield mounting plate, 1x 2x M3x6 screws 158
8SCSE01.0200-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x ACOPOS P3 shield mounting plate, 2x 2x M3x6 screws 159
8SCSE01.0300-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x support plate with 2 grounding clamps 3-6 mm, 1x M4x6 screw 160
8SCSE02.0100-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x shield component set, type SK14 161
8SCSE02.0200-00 ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x shield component set, type SK20 162
Terminals
8TB2104.2210-00 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 1: 4 3 2 1 184
8TB2104.2210-50 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, yellow, 1-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 1: 4 3 2 1 182
8TB2104.223L-00 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 3: T- T+ B- B+, L keying: 1010 179
8TB2204.2210-50 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, yellow, 2-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 1: 4 3 2 1 183
8TB3102.222C-20 Push-in terminal block, 2-pin, 1-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: COM 24 V, C keying: 10 175
8TB3103.222A-20 Push-in terminal block, 3-pin, 1-row, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: PE RB- RB+, A keying: 000 180
8TB3106.222B-20 Push-in terminal block, 6-pin, 1-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: PE L3 L2 L1 DC- DC 169
+, C keying: 000001
8TB3106.223C-20 Push-in terminal block, 6-pin, 1-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 3: PE L3 N(L2) L1 DC- 170
DC+, C keying: 000010
8TB3202.222C-40 Push-in terminal block, 2-pin, 2-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: COM 24 V, C keying: 10 176
8TB3206.222B-40 Push-in terminal block, 6-pin, 2-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: PE L3 L2 L1 DC- DC 171
+, C keying: 000001
8TB3206.223C-40 Push-in terminal block, 6-pin, 2-row, with locking mechanism, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 3: PE L3 N(L2) L1 DC- 172
DC+, C keying: 000010
8TB3308.222A-00 Push-in terminal block, 4+4-pin 1-row/2-row, spacing: 7.62 mm, label 2: T- B- T+ B+ PE W V U A keying: 0000 177
8TB4103.222A-10 Push-in terminal block, 3-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label 2: PE RB- RB+, A keying: 000 181
8TB4104.222L-10 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label 2: PE L3 L2 L1, L keying: 1010 173
8TB4104.224G-10 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label 4: PE W V U, G keying: 0110 178
8TB4104.227F-10 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label 4: DC-, DC-, DC+, DC+ F keying: 0101 185
8TB4204.202L-10 Push-in screw terminal block 4-pin, 2-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label 2: PE L3 L2 L1, L keying: 1010 174

3.5.2 8SCSE shield component sets
3.5.2.1 8SCSE01.0100-00

Shield component set 8SCSE01.0100-00 is installed on the underside of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives with a width
of 66 mm and consists of a shield mounting plate on which shield connection clamps for device-side shielding of
DC bus and brake resistor cables can be installed.

Table 145: 8SCSE01.0100-00 - Order data

Model number 8SCSE01.0100-00
General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x ACOPOS P3 shield mounting plate 1x, 2x M3x6 screws
Certifications
CE Yes
Dimensions
Width 57.5 mm
Height 108.6 mm
Depth 102 mm
Weight 85 g
Table 146: 8SCSE01.0100-00 - Technical data
Procedure
• Install the shield component set on the underside of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive as shown in the illustration
using the screws included in delivery.
Figure 43: Shield component set 8SCSE01.0100-00 - Installation

3.5.2.2 8SCSE01.0200-00

Shield component set 8SCSE01.0200-00 is installed on the underside of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives with a width
of 133 mm and consists of a shield mounting plate on which shield connection clamps for device-side shielding of
DC bus and brake resistor cables can be installed.
Technical data
Chapter 2

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x ACOPOS P3 shield mounting plate 2x, 2x M3x6 screws
Certifications
CE Yes
Dimensions
Width 84 mm
Height 108.6 mm
Depth 102 mm
Weight 80 g
Procedure
• Install the shield component set on the underside of the ACOPOS P3 servo drive as shown in the illustration
using the screws included in delivery.
Table 149: Shield component set 8SCSE001.0200-00 - Installation

3.5.2.3 8SCSE01.0300-00

Shield component set 8SCSE01.0300-00 consists of a support plate with 2 grounding clamps and can be used to
provide shielding or strain relief for enable and trigger lines on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.


General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x support plate with 2 grounding clamps 3-6 mm, 1x M4x6 screw
Certifications
CE Yes
Dimensions
Width 18 mm
Height 40 mm
Depth 19 mm
Weight 18 g
Procedure
• Install the shield component set on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive as shown in the illustration using the
screw included in delivery.
Figure 44: Shield component set 8SCSE01.0300-00 - Installation (servo drive with 66 mm width)

Technical data
Chapter 2
Figure 45: Shield component set 8SCSE01.0300-00 - Installation (servo drive with 133 mm width)
3.5.2.4 8SCSE02.0100-00

type SK14

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x shield connection clamp type SK14
Certifications
CE Yes
Dimensions
Width 17 mm
Height 54 mm
Depth 20 mm
Weight 20 g
Cable terminals 4 to 13.5 mm

3.5.2.5 8SCSE02.0200-00

type SK20

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 shield component set: 1x shield connection clamp SK20
Certifications
CE Yes
Dimensions
Width 24 mm
Height 63 mm
Depth 20 mm
Weight 28 g
Cable terminals 4 to 20 mm

3.5.3 8EXA front covers
3.5.3.1 8EXA100.0010-00

8EXA covers protect the interfaces on the front of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives and contribute to a uniform
appearance inside the control cabinet.
Technical data
Chapter 2
Front covers
Table 156: 8EXA100.0010-00 - Order data

Model number 8EXA100.0010-00
General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, single-width, suitable for servo drives
8EI1X6xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xxSxx.xxxx-x /8EI8X8xxSxx.xxxx-x
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL Not relevant
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Length 240 mm
Height 47 mm
Weight 97 g
Table 157: 8EXA100.0010-00 - Technical data


3.5.3.2 8EXA100.0020-00


Front covers

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, single-width, suitable for servo drives
8EI1X6xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xxSxx.xxxx-x
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL Not relevant
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Length 240 mm
Height 47 mm
Weight 97 g


3.5.3.3 8EXA200.0010-00


Technical data
Chapter 2
Front covers

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, single-width, suitable for servo drives
8EI2X2xxDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xxTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xxDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xxTxx.xxxx-
x / 8EI8X8xxDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xxTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI013xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI017xxSxx.xxxx-x
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL Not relevant
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Length 320 mm
Height 47 mm
Weight 123 g


3.5.3.4 8EXA200.0020-00


Front covers

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, single-width, suitable for servo drives
8EI2X2xxDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xxTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xxDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xxTxx.xxxx-
x / 8EI8X8xxDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xxTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI013xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI017xxSxx.xxxx-x
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL Not relevant
Dimensions
Width 66 mm
Length 320 mm
Height 47 mm
Weight 123 g


3.5.3.5 8EXA300.0010-00


Technical data
Chapter 2
Front covers

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R orange, double-width, suitable for servo drives 8EI017xxDxx.xxxx-
x / 8EI022xxDxx.xxxx-x /8EI024xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI034xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI044xxSxx.xxxx-x
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL Not relevant
Dimensions
Width 133 mm
Length 320 mm
Height 47 mm
Weight 187 g


3.5.3.6 8EXA300.0020-00


Front covers

General information
Short description ACOPOS P3 cover, B&R dark gray, double-width, suitable for servo drives 8EI017xxDxx.xxxx-
x / 8EI022xxDxx.xxxx-x /8EI024xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI034xxSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI044xxSxx.xxxx-x
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL Not relevant
Dimensions
Width 133 mm
Length 320 mm
Height 47 mm
Weight 187 g


3.5.4 8TB terminal blocks
3.5.4.1 Mains supply (connector X1)
3.5.4.1.1 8TB3106.222B-20
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
Chapter 2
000001
Table 168: 8TB3106.222B-20 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB3106.222B-20
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EIxXxxHxx... / 8EI01xHxS... servo drives, connector X1 (power system)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 2: PE L3 L2 L1 DC- DC+
B keying: 000001
1-row
Locking mechanism: Click and lock system
Number of pins 6
Type of terminal block Push-in spring connector
Cable type Only copper wires (no aluminum wires!)
Keying B
Spacing 7.62 mm
Connection cross section
AWG wire 24 to 8 AWG
Wire end sleeves with plastic covering 0.25 to 4 mm²
Solid wires 0.2 to 10 mm²
Fine strand wires 0.2 to 6 mm²
Nominal voltage 1000 V (IEC) / 600 V (UL)
Nominal current 41 A (IEC) / 35 A (UL)
Dimensions
Width 53.7 mm
Height 19.8 mm
Depth 38.5 mm
Weight 31 g
Table 169: 8TB3106.222B-20 - Technical data


3.5.4.1.2 8TB3106.223C-20
Order data
Terminals
000010
Table 170: 8TB3106.223C-20 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB3106.223C-20
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EIxXxMxx.. servo drives, connector X1 (power system)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 3: PE L3 L2(N) L1 DC- DC+
C keying: 000010
1-row
Number of pins 6
Keying C
Spacing 7.62 mm
Dimensions
Width 53.7 mm
Height 19.8 mm
Depth 38.5 mm
Weight 31 g
Table 171: 8TB3106.223C-20 - Technical data


3.5.4.1.3 8TB3206.222B-40
Order data
Terminals
000001
Technical data
Chapter 2
Table 172: 8TB3206.222B-40 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB3206.222B-40
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 2-row, for 8EIxXxHxx.../8EI01xHxSxxx servo drives, connector X1 (power system)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 3: PE L3 L2 L1 DC- DC+
B keying: 000001
2-row
Number of pins 6
Keying B
Spacing 7.62 mm
Dimensions
Width 53.7 mm
Height 35 mm
Depth 41.5 mm
Weight 55 g
Table 173: 8TB3206.222B-40 - Technical data


3.5.4.1.4 8TB3206.223C-40
Order data
Terminals
000010
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 2-row, for 8EIxXxMxx.. servo drives, connector X1 (power system)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 3: PE L3 L2(N) L1 DC- DC+
C keying: 000010
2-row
Number of pins 6
Keying C
Spacing 7.62 mm
Dimensions
Width 53.7 mm
Height 35 mm
Depth 41.5 mm
Weight 55 g


3.5.4.1.5 8TB4104.222L-10
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
Chapter 2
Table 176: 8TB4104.222L-10 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB4104.222L-10
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EI017HWD.../8EI022HWD.../8EI024H-
WS.../8EI034HWS.../8EI044HWS... servo drives, connector X1 (mains supply)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 2: PE L3 L2 L1
L keying: 1010
1-row
Number of pins 4
Keying L
Spacing 10.16 mm
Dimensions
Width 40.6 mm
Height 44.5 mm
Depth 25.1 mm
Weight 32 g
Table 177: 8TB4104.222L-10 - Technical data


3.5.4.1.6 8TB4204.202L-10
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in screw terminal block, 2-row, for 8EI017HWD.../8EI022HWD.../8EI024H-
WS.../8EI034HWS.../8EI044HWS... servo drives, connector X1 (mains supply)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 2: PE L3 L2 L1
L keying: 1010
2-row
Number of pins 4
Type of terminal block Screw terminal with tension sleeve
Keying L
Spacing 10.16 mm
Tightening torque Min. 1.7 Nm
Max. 1.8 Nm
Dimensions
Width 40.5 mm
Height 54.9 mm
Depth 51.4 mm
Weight 96 g


3.5.4.2 24 VDC power supply (connector X2)
3.5.4.2.1 8TB3102.222C-20
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
Chapter 2
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EIXXXXXXXX.XXXX-1 servo drives, connector X2 (24 V)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 3: COM 24 V
C keying: 10
1-row
Number of pins 2
Keying C
Spacing 7.62 mm
Dimensions
Width 15.2 mm
Height 19.8 mm
Depth 38.5 mm
Weight 10 g


3.5.4.2.2 8TB3202.222C-40
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 2-row, for 8EIXXXXXXXX.XXXX-1 servo drives, connector X2 (24 V)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 2: COM 24 V
C keying: 10
2-row
Number of pins 2
Keying C
Spacing 7.62 mm
Dimensions
Width 15.2 mm
Height 35 mm
Depth 41.5 mm
Weight 20 g


3.5.4.3 Motor output
3.5.4.3.1 Connector X5x
8TB3308.222A-00
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
Chapter 2
Table 184: 8TB3308.222A-00 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB3308.222A-00
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, for 8EIxXxxxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI01xHxxxx.xxxx-1 /
8EI022HxDxx.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X5x (motor)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 2: U V W PE B+ B- T+ T-
A keying: 0000
Number of pins 8 (4 + 4)
Keying A
Spacing 7.62 mm
Dimensions
Width 39 mm
Height 23.1 mm
Depth 44.7 mm
Weight 24 g
Table 185: 8TB3308.222A-00 - Technical data


3.5.4.3.2 Connector X51A
8TB4104.224G-10
Order data
Terminals
8TB4104.224G-10 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 10.16 mm, label
4: PE W V U, G keying: 0110
Table 186: 8TB4104.224G-10 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB4104.224G-10
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EI024HxSxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI034HxSxx.xxxx-1 /
8EI044HxSxx.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X51A (motor output)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 4: PE W V U
G keying: 0110
1-row
Number of pins 4
Keying G
Spacing 10.16 mm
Dimensions
Width 40.6 mm
Height 44.5 mm
Depth 25.1 mm
Weight 32 g
Table 187: 8TB4104.224G-10 - Technical data


3.5.4.3.3 Connector X51B
8TB2104.223L-00
Order data
Terminals
8TB2104.223L-00 Push-in terminal block, 4-pin, 1-row, spacing: 5.08 mm, label 3:
T- T+ B- B+, L keying: 1010
Technical data
Chapter 2
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EI0x4HxSxx.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X51B (motor output)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 3: T- T+ B- B+
L keying: 1010
1-row
Number of pins 4
Keying L
Spacing 5 mm
Wire end sleeves with plastic covering 0.25 to 2.5 mm²
Solid wires 0.2 to 2.5 mm²
Fine strand wires 0.2 to 2.5 mm²
Dimensions
Width 20.1 mm
Height 25.6 mm
Depth 15 mm
Weight 65 g


3.5.4.4 External braking resistor (connector X6)
3.5.4.4.1 8TB3103.222A-20
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EIxXxxxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI01x-
HxSxx.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X6 (braking resistor)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 3: PE RB- RB+
A keying: 000
1-row
Number of pins 3
Keying A
Spacing 7.62 mm
Dimensions
Width 22.9 mm
Height 19.8 mm
Depth 38.5 mm
Weight 16 g


3.5.4.4.2 8TB4103.222A-10
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
Chapter 2
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EI0xxHxDxx.xxxx-1 /
8EI0x4HxSxx.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X6 (external braking resistor)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 2: PE RB- RB+
A keying: 000
1-row
Number of pins 3
Keying A
Spacing 10.16 mm
Dimensions
Width 30.5 mm
Height 25.1 mm
Depth 44.5 mm
Weight 24 g


3.5.4.5 Enable inputs (connector X7)
3.5.4.5.1 8TB2104.2210-50
Order data
Terminals
Table 194: 8TB2104.2210-50 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB2104.2210-50
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EIxxxxxx1x.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X7 (enable)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 1: 4 3 2 1
0 keying: None
1-row
Yellow
Number of pins 4
Keying 0
Spacing 5.08 mm
Dimensions
Width 26 mm
Height 15 mm
Depth 25.6 mm
Weight 7g
Table 195: 8TB2104.2210-50 - Technical data


3.5.4.5.2 8TB2204.2210-50
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
Chapter 2
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 2-row, for 8EIxxxxxx1x.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X7 (enable)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
0 keying: None
2-row
Yellow
Number of pins 4
Keying 0
Spacing 5.08 mm
Dimensions
Width 25.5 mm
Height 22.1 mm
Depth 25.7 mm
Weight 9g


3.5.4.6 Trigger inputs (connector X8)
3.5.4.6.1 8TB2104.2210-00
Order data
Terminals
4321
Technical data
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EIXXXXXXXX.XXXX-1 servo drives, connector X8 (trigger)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
0 keying: None
1-row
Number of pins 4
Keying 0
Spacing 5.08 mm
Dimensions
Width 26 mm
Height 15 mm
Depth 25.6 mm
Weight 7g


3.5.4.7 DC bus (connector X11)
3.5.4.7.1 8TB4104.227F-10
Order data
Terminals
Technical data
Chapter 2
Table 200: 8TB4104.227F-10 - Order data
Technical data
Model number 8TB4104.227F-10
General information
Short description Push-in terminal block, 1-row, for 8EI0xxHxDxx.xxxx-1 /
8EI0x4HxSxx.xxxx-1 servo drives, connector X11 (DC bus)
Certifications
CE Yes
KC Not relevant
UL cULus E225616
Terminal block
Note Label 4: DC- DC- DC+ DC+
F keying: 0101
1-row
Number of pins 4
Keying F
Spacing 10.16 mm
Dimensions
Width 40.6 mm
Height 44.5 mm
Depth 25.1 mm
Weight 32 g
Table 201: 8TB4104.227F-10 - Technical data


3.5.5 8EXC keying plugs
3.5.5.1 8EXC000.0022-00

8EXC keying plugs allow the keying of 8TB3308.222A-00 / 8TB4104.224G-10 terminal blocks to be adapted to the
respective keying of motor connections X51/X51A/X52/X53 on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.

Keying plugs
8EXC000.0022-00 Keying plugs, red (20x 6 pcs.), for 8TB3308.222A-00 /
8TB4104.224G-10
Table 202: 8EXC000.0022-00 - Order data

Model number 8EXC000.0022-00
General information
Short description Keying plugs, red (20x 6 pcs.), for 8TB3308.222A-00 / 8TB4104.224G-10
Certifications
CE Yes
Weight 16 g
Table 203: 8EXC000.0022-00 - Technical data

Installation • General information
Chapter 3 • Installation
1 General information
ACOPOS P3 drive systems must be installed in control cabinets that – taking into account the location and physical
environmental conditions – provide adequate physical protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects (dust,
metal cuttings, etc.) and liquids (coolant, etc.). 1)
Warning!
The information listed in section "Handling and installation" on page 13 must be observed!
Installation
Chapter 3
Quality of the mounting surface
The mounting surface for ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives must be non-flammable, sufficiently stable, level and free
of contaminants.
The type and quantity of mounting holes as described in section "Dimension diagrams" on page 188 must be
observed.
Information:
M5x16 screws are included in the content of delivery for installing ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives (tight-
ening torque: 5.5 Nm).
Proper spacing specifications for installation and ventilation are listed in the dimension diagrams of the individual
modules.
1) For details, see EN 60204-1.

Installation • Dimension diagrams and installation dimensions
2 Dimension diagrams and installation dimensions

2.1 8EI servo drives
2.1.1 Dimension diagrams
8EI1X6xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xWSxx.xxxx-x
1)
x 2) x 2)
x 2) x 2)
Figure 46: 8EI1X6xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xWSxx.xxxx-x - Dimension diagram

1) Without front cover: 258.5 mm
2) Hole for M5 screws.

8EI2X2xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xWTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWTxx.xxxx-x /

8EI8X8xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xWTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI013HWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI017HWSxx.xxxx-x
1)
x 2) x 2)
Installation
Chapter 3
x 2) x 2)
Figure 47: 8EI2X2xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xWTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWTxx.xxxx-x /

8EI8X8xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xWTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI013HWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI017HWSxx.xxxx-x - Dimension diagram

8EI017HWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI022HWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI024HWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI034HWSxxxx-xx / 8EI044H-

WSxx.xxxx-x
Figure 48: 8EI017HWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI022HWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI024H-

WSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI034HWSxxxx-xx / 8EI044HWSxx.xxxx-x - Dimension diagram

2.1.2 Installation dimensions
≥ 80 1)
Air outlet
Installation
Chapter 3
Air intake
≥ 80 1)
Figure 49: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives - Installation dimensions

1) For proper air circulation, at least 80 mm clearance must be available above and below the module.
In order to connect display module 8EAD0000.000-1 to the module without problems, at least 100 mm clearance is needed above the module.
In order to ensure easy cabling (taking all minimum bend radii into account), at least 200 mm clearance is needed below the module.
Caution!
Cooling air exiting the 8EI servo drive can have a temperature up to 90°C. Any components installed
near the air outlet must be designed to withstand these high temperatures!

2.1.3 Permissible mounting orientations
8EIxXxWxxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI01xHWSxx.xxxx-1 - Permissible mounting orientations
Hanging vertically 0°
≤x
≤x
Standing horizontally 0°
Figure 50: 8EIxXxWxxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI01xHWSxx.xxxx-1 - Permissible mounting orientations

8EI0x4HWSxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI0xxHWDxx.xxxx-1 - Permissible mounting orientations
Installation
Chapter 3
x
≤x
≤x
Standing horizontally 0°
Figure 51: 8EI0x4HWSxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI0xxHWDxx.xxxx-1 - Permissible mounting orientations

2.2 Display module 8EAD0000.000-1
The 8EAD display module is connected to connector X9 of an 8EI servo drive. A guide rail behind connector X9 on
the 8EI servo drive allows optimal positioning of the 8EAD display module. The corresponding recess is located
on the back of the 8EAD display module.
Information:
The 8EAD display module supports hot plugging.
Observe all safety guidelines in section "Safety guidelines" on page 12!
Connecting the 8EAD display module

1. Slide the 8EAD display module into the guide rail on the 8EI servo drive.
2. Slide the 8EAD display module down until the 8EAD display module's connector is inserted in connector X9
on the 8EI servo drive.
Removing the 8EAD display module

1. Slide the 8EAD display module up until the 8EAD display module's connector is disconnected from connector
X9 on the 8EI servo drive.
2. Slide the 8EAD display module up and off of the guide rail on the 8EI servo drive.

Installation • Installation and removal of 8EAC plug-in modules
3 Installation and removal of 8EAC plug-in modules

ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives are equipped with a slot for installing 8EAC plug-in modules.
Knurled-head screw
Installation
Chapter 3
Plug-in module
Shield plate
Slot
Caution!
Observe the guidelines listed in section "Protection against electrostatic discharge" on page 13 when
installing and removing plug-in modules!
Information:
switched off.
3.2 Preparation
The pin contacts of ACOPOS P3 8EAC plug-in modules are protected by a connector cover. This connector cover
must be removed before installing an 8EAC plug-in module in the slot of an 8EI servo drive.
Procedure
• Pull the connector cover back from the rear of the 8EAC plug-in module.
Table 204: 8EAC plug-in module - Removing the connector cover
Caution!
Do not touch the pins on the 8EAC plug-in module! There is a risk of damage due to electrostatic
discharge.

3.3 Installation
1. Disconnect the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive from the power system and safeguard it from being restarted.
2. Switch off the 24 VDC supply voltage.
3. If there is no plug-in module in the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive:
a) Disconnect and remove the slot cover from the servo drive using a suitable screwdriver:
Slot cover
b) Slide the new plug-in module into the available slot until it makes an audible click and fits securely.
Knurled-head screw
Plug-in module
Shield plate
Slot
c) Fasten the shield plate to the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive with the knurled-head screw. Firmly
tighten the knurled-head screw!
4. If an 8EAC plug-in module is already installed in the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive:
a) Loosen the shield plate of the installed 8EAC plug-in module from the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive
with the knurled-head screw.
b) Remove the installed 8EI servo drive on the shield plate and knurled-head screw from the ACOPOS
P3 8EI servo drive.
c) Insert the new 8EAC plug-in module into the available slot until it makes an audible click and fits
securely.
d) Fasten the shield plate to the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive with the knurled-head screw. Firmly
tighten the knurled-head screw!

5. Switch on the 24 VDC supply voltage.

6. Connect the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive to the power system.
Installation
Chapter 3

3.4 Removal
1. Disconnect the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive from the power system and safeguard it from being restarted.
2. Switch off the 24 VDC supply voltage.
3. Loosen the shield plate of the installed 8EAC plug-in module from the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive with the
knurled-head screw.
4. Remove the installed 8EI servo drive on the shield plate and knurled-head screw from the ACOPOS P3 8EI
servo drive.
Knurled-head screw
Plug-in module
Shield plate
Slot
5. Slide the slot cover into the available slot until it makes an audible click and fits securely:
Slot cover
Information:
In order for the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive to meet IP20 requirements, either the slot cover must
be installed or an 8EAC plug-in module must be installed in the servo drive.
6. Switch on the 24 VDC supply voltage.

7. Connect the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive to the power system.

Installation • Using cooling systems in control cabinets
4 Using cooling systems in control cabinets

Cooling systems are usually necessary to maintain a permissible ambient temperature for the ACOPOS P3 8EI
servo drives in control cabinets.
4.1 Natural convection
The power dissipation is radiated outwards via the control cabinet walls.
Warning!
Only use well-sealed control cabinets. Otherwise, contaminated ambient air can penetrate the control
cabinet!
4.2 Using filter fans
Filter fans and outlet filters should be arranged on the control cabinet so that air is taken in from below and exits
Installation
Chapter 3
above.
Outlet filter
Filter fan
Filter fan
Outlet filter
Figure 52: Filter fans - Function diagram
Caution!
Contaminated air can penetrate improperly sealed control cabinets when using a fan intake! This type
of air flow is to be avoided.
Warning!
cabinet! 2)
2) Control cabinets that – taking into account the location and physical environmental conditions – provide adequate protection against the ingress of solid for-
eign objects (dust, metal cuttings, etc.) and liquids (coolant, etc.). For details, see EN 60204-1.

4.3 Using air/air heat exchangers
Figure 53: Air/Air heat exchangers - Function diagram
Caution!
Uniform air circulation must be ensured in the control cabinet. Air inlets and outlets for the internal
circulation of the air/air heat exchanger are not permitted to be covered since this would prevent suf-
ficient air circulation in the control cabinet.
Sufficient clearance (>200 mm) in front of air inlets and outlets is recommended.
Caution!
If the control cabinet contains modules or electronic components with their own fans, make sure that
the direction of air flow does not go against the cooling system's flow of cool air. This can create air
short circuits that prevent sufficient cooling inside the control cabinet.
Warning!
cabinet!
Installing air/air heat exchangers behind mounting plates should generally be avoided. If this is necessary, however,
then corresponding ventilation plates must be used. Air inlets and outlets must also be made in the mounting plate.

4.4 Using air/water heat exchangers
Installation
Chapter 3
Figure 54: Air/Water heat exchangers - Function diagram
Caution!
Uniform air circulation must be ensured in the control cabinet. Air inlets and outlets for the internal
circulation of the air/water heat exchanger are not permitted to be covered since this would prevent
sufficient air circulation in the control cabinet.
Sufficient clearance (>200 mm) in front of air inlets and outlets is recommended.
Caution!
If the control cabinet contains modules or electronic components with their own fans, make sure that
the direction of air flow does not go against the cooling system's flow of cool air. This can create air
short circuits that prevent sufficient cooling inside the control cabinet.
Warning!
cabinet!
Installing air/water heat exchangers behind mounting plates should generally be avoided. If this is necessary,
however, then corresponding ventilation plates must be used. Air inlets and outlets must also be made in the
mounting plate.

4.5 Using cooling units
4.5.1 General information
Caution!
The incorrect arrangement and use of cooling units may cause condensation and condensate, which
can damage installed ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives!
Condensate can be included in the cooled air flow and penetrate ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives!
Warning!
Only use well-sealed control cabinets. Otherwise, ambient air can penetrate and cause condensation!
During operation with the control cabinet doors open (e.g. service call), ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives are not
permitted to be cooler than the air in the control cabinet at any time after the doors are closed. Otherwise, con-
densation will occur.
To maintain the temperature of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives and the control cabinet at the same level, the cooling
unit must remain in operation even while the system is switched off.
Cooling units must be arranged in a way that prevents forming condensate from dripping into the ACOPOS P3
8EI servo drives. This should be considered when selecting the control cabinet to be used (special construction
for using cooling units on top of the control cabinet).
Also make sure that any condensate that forms in the cooling unit fan when it is not running cannot be sprayed
onto the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.
Make sure the temperature of the cooling unit is set correctly! Set the control cabinet's internal temperature only
as low as is necessary.
Observe the operating guidelines provided in the cooling unit is user's manual!
4.5.2 Installing a cooling unit on top of the control cabinet
Figure 55: Installing a cooling unit on top of the control cabinet
Caution!
When installing cooling units on top of the control cabinet, particular attention must be paid to targeted
air routing! The flow of cool air must be directed by the airflow systems to the lowest possible point
in the control cabinet (see figure above).
Caution!
Make sure that the flow of cool air in the cooling system is not directed against the air flow from the fans
in the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives. This can create air short circuits that prevent sufficient cooling
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.
Condensate forming on the cooling unit must be drained off according to the manufacturer's specifications so that
it does not penetrate the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.

4.5.3 Installing a cooling unit on the front of the control cabinet
Installation
Chapter 3
Figure 56: Installing a cooling unit on the front of the control cabinet
Caution!
The flow of cool air from the cooling unit must be directed by the airflow systems to the lowest possible
point in the control cabinet (see figure above).
Caution!
Make sure that the flow of cool air in the cooling system is not directed against the air flow from the fans
in the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives. This can create air short circuits that prevent sufficient cooling
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.
Condensate forming on the cooling unit must be drained off according to the manufacturer's specifications so that
it does not penetrate the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.

Dimensioning

Dimensioning • Mains connection
Chapter 4 • Dimensioning
1 Mains connection
1.1.1 Network configurations
The mains connection for the ACOPOS P3 drive system is made using terminals X1 / L1, L2, L3 and PE of the
line filter (e.g. 8B0Fxxx...).
In environments where a line filter is not necessarily required, the connection is made using the X1 / L1, L2, L3 and
PE (8EIxxxxH...) terminals or X1 / L1, L2(N), L3 and PE (8EIxxxxM...) terminals of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
The ACOPOS P3 drive system can be directly connected to TN-S and TN-C-S power systems (i.e. three-phase
systems with grounded star point).
Danger!
ACOPOS P3 drive systems are only permitted to be operated directly on industrial power systems (TN-
Dimensioning
S, TN-C-S) that are grounded to neutral points. When using the ACOPOS P3 drive system in residen-
Chapter 4
tial areas, commercial areas or small businesses, additional protective and filter measures must be
implemented by the user.
Warning!
The integrated short circuit protection does not replace the external protection of the mains power
supply. The protection of the mains power supply must comply with manufacturer specifications as
well as national and international regulations and laws.
Danger!
ACOPOS P3 drive systems are not permitted to be operated directly on TT, IT, HRG and corner-ground-
ed TN-S power systems! 3)
Warning!
ACOPOS P3 drive systems are suitable for power systems that can provide a maximum short circuit
current (SCCR) of 5 kAeff at 480 Veff and that are protected with class gG / class J fuses or circuit
breakers compliant with IEC/EN 60947-2 / UL 489 requirements.
Warning!
In the event of a sufficiently low impedance ground fault within a TN or TT power system, an upstream
fuse or short-circuit monitoring is activated.
In the case of a high-impedance ground fault, however, the upstream fuse is not activated. As a result,
these ground currents (fault currents) can be potentially dangerous.
3) As of 10/2017.

1.1.2 Mains voltage range
The permissible mains voltage ranges for ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives is listed in the following table:
8EIxxxMxxxx.xxxx-1 8EIxxxHxxxx.xxxx-1
Mains input voltage 1x 110 to 230 VAC ±10% 3x 200 to 480 VAC ±10%
or
3x 200 to 230 VAC ±10%
Table 205: Mains voltage ranges for ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives
Corresponding matching transformers must be used for other mains voltages. In grounded power systems, auto-
transformers can also be used for this voltage adjustment; the star point does not have to be connected in this case.
1.2 Dimensioning
In general, dimensioning the mains power input, fuse protection and (if necessary) line contactor depends on the
structure of the mains connection.
1.2.1 Design
8EIxxxHxxxx.xxxx-1
Mains input voltage - 3x 200 to 480 VAC
8EI1X6H.../2X2H.../4X5H.../8X8H.../013H.../017HxS... 8EI017HxD/022H.../024H.../034H.../044H...
3 * 200 - 480 VAC 3 * 200 - 480 VAC
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
PE
X1 X1 PE
8B0F 8EI 8B0F 8EI
X1 X1
PE
DC+
PE
DC-
X2 X2
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L2'
L1'
L3'
L2'
L1'
L3'
Table 206: Mains connection for 8EIxxxHxxxx.xxxx-1 - Design

8EIxxxMxxxx.xxxx-1
Mains input voltage - 1x 110 to 230 VAC Mains input voltage - 3x 200 to 230 VAC
1 * 110 - 230 VAC 3 * 200 - 230 VAC
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
L1 L2 L3 PE
L N PE
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
PE
X1
PE
X1
8B0F 8EI 8B0F 8EI
X1 X1
PE
DC+
PE
DC-
X2
DC+
DC-
X2
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L3
L2
L1
PE
PE
L2'
L1'
L3'
L2'
L1'
L3'
Dimensioning
Chapter 4
Table 207: Mains connection for 8EIxxxMxxxx.xxxx-1 - Design
Dimensioning the mains power inputs and fuse
Information:
When choosing a suitable fuse, the user must also account for characteristics such as aging effects,
temperature derating, overcurrent capacity and the definition of the rated current, which can vary
by manufacturer and type. In addition, the fuse that is selected must also be able to handle applica-
tion-specific characteristics (e.g. overcurrent that occurs in acceleration cycles).
The cross section of the mains power input and rated current of the fuse IB must be dimensioned for the average
expected current load IMains.
The average expected current load IMains can be calculated as follows:
3 * 200 - 480 VAC / 3 * 200 - 230 VAC 1 * 110 - 230 VAC
Table 208: Current load IMains depending on the mains input voltage
Apparent power S can be estimated for each access as follows: 4)
4) If information concerning load torque, inertias and the friction situation is available, the effective torque or effective force are calculated using the following for-
mulas:
To calculate nAvg, corresponding information about the positioning cycle must be available.
nAvg is calculated using the following formulas:
If the nAvg values become very low, this can cause imprecise results in some situations. In this case, different calculation formulas or approaches should be
used after consultation with B&R.

For 2- and 3-axis modules, the sum of the apparent powers of the individual axes must be taken into
account when calculating IMains.
The following estimate applies for linear motors: 5)
For 2- and 3-axis modules, the sum of the apparent powers of the individual axes must be taken into
account when calculating IMains.
Constant k depends on the ACOPOS P3 servo drive being used; see the following table:
Servo drive Mains input voltage
1-axis modules 3 * 400 VAC 3 * 230 VAC 1 * 230 VAC
8EI1X6HWS... 3 --- ---
8EI1X6MWS... --- 2.8 2.50
8EI2X2HWS... 2.9 --- ---
8EI2X2MWS... --- 2.75 2.45
8EI4X5HWS... 2.65 --- ---
8EI4X5MWS... --- 2.6 2.3
8EI8X8HWS... 2.2 --- ---
8EI8X8MWS... --- 2.45 2.2
8EI013HWS... 2.1 --- ---
8EI017HWS... 1.95 --- ---
8EI024HWS... 2.15 --- ---
8EI034HWS... 1.9 --- ---
8EI044HWS... 1.65 --- ---
2- and 3-axis modules 3 * 400 VAC 3 * 230 VAC 1 * 230 VAC
8EI2X2HWD... / 8EI2X2HWT... 2.45 --- ---
8EI2X2MWD... / 8EI2X2MWT... --- 2.4 2.2
8EI4X5HWD... / 8EI4X5HWT... 2.2 --- ---
8EI4X5MWD... / 8EI4X5MWT... --- 2.45 2.2
8EI8X8HWD... / 8EI8X8HWT... 2.2 --- ---
8EI8X8MWD... / 8EI8X8MWT... --- 2.45 2.2
8EI017HWD... 1.9 --- ---
8EI022HWD... 1.65 --- ---
Table 209: Constant k
Rated current of the fuse IB is selected such that is greater than or equal to average expected current load IMains.
IB ≥ IMains
The cable cross section of the mains power input must then be selected such that the permissible cable cross
section of the cable cross section be IZ is greater than or equal to the selected rated current of the fuse IB (see Tab.
209 "Current-carrying capacity of PVC insulated three-phase cables or individual wires " on page 209).
IZ ≥ IB
The following table shows the current-carrying capacity of PVC-insulated three-phase cables (or three current-car-
rying individual wires) per IEC 60204-1 at an ambient temperature of 40°C 6) and 70°C maximum wire temperature
(current-carrying capacity for installation type F and cross sections greater than 35 mm² for installation types B1
and B2 were taken from DIN VDE 0298-4).
5) If information concerning load torque, inertias and the friction situation is available, the effective torque or effective force are calculated using the following for-
mulas:
To calculate vAvg, corresponding information about the positioning cycle must be available.
vAvg is calculated using the following formulas:
If the vAvg values become very low, this can cause imprecise results in some situations. In this case, different calculation formulas or approaches should be
used after consultation with B&R.
6) Current-carrying capacity is specified in IEC 60204-1 for an ambient temperature of 40°C; this reference temperature is 30°C in DIN VDE 0298-4. The values
specified from DIN VDE 0298-4 listed in table "Current-carrying capacity of PVC-insulated three-phase cables or single conductors" are likewise converted for
an ambient temperature of 40°C using the factor kTemp = 0.87 specified in the standard.
Bei der angegebenen Strombelastbarkeit ist kein Reduktionsfaktor bei Häufung von Kabeln und Einzelleitungen berücksichtigt. If necessary, this must be tak-
en from the corresponding standards and included in the calculation.

Current-carrying capacity of cable cross section IZ / Rated current of fuse IB [A] depending on the installation type
Wire cross Three individual wires Three-phase cable in Three-phase Three-phase ca- Three individual
section [mm²] in conduit or cable duct conduit or cable duct cable on walls ble in a cable tray wires in a cable tray
B1 B2 C E F
1.5 13.5 / 13 13.1 / 10 15.2 / 13 16.1 / 16 ---
2.5 18.3 / 16 17.4 /16 21 / 20 22 / 20 ---
4 25 / 25 23 / 20 28 / 25 30 / 25 ---
6 32 / 32 30 / 25 36 / 32 37 / 32 ---
10 44 / 32 40 / 32 50 / 50 52 / 50 ---
16 60 / 50 54 / 50 66 / 63 70 / 63 ---
25 77 / 63 70 / 63 84 / 80 88 / 80 96 / 80
35 96 / 80 86 / 80 104 / 100 110 / 100 119 / 100
50 117 / 100 103 / 100 125 / 100 133 / 100 145 / 125
70 149 / 125 130 / 125 160 / 125 171 / 125 188 / 160
95 180 / 160 156 / 125 194 / 160 207 / 160 230 / 200
Table 210: Current-carrying capacity of PVC insulated three-phase cables or individual wires
When determining the cross section for the mains power input, make sure that the cross section selected is within
the range that can be used with mains connection terminal X1.
Overcurrent protection in the form of a circuit breaker or a fuse is required. Circuit breakers (time lag) with type
C tripping characteristics (per IEC/EN 60947-2) or fuses (time lag) with type gG tripping characteristics (per IEC
60269-1) must be used. 7)
Servo drive gG fuses Class CC, J fuses Circuit breakers Circuit breakers
per IEC 60269-1 per IEC/EN 60947-2 per UL 489
8EI1X6... 45 A 32 A
Dimensioning
8EI2X2...
Chapter 4
8EI4X5...
8EI8X8...
8EI013...
8EI017HxS...
8EI017HxD... 80 A Certification in preparation
8EI022...
8EI024... 80 A Certification in preparation Certification in preparation
8EI034...
0EI044...
Table 211: Maximum permissible fuse for the mains connection
Dimensioning the line contactor

The rated current of the line contactor is oriented to the overcurrent protection for the mains connection. The line
contactor is set up so that nominal operating current specified by the manufacturer of the line contactor for category
AC-1 in accordance with EN 60947-4-1 is approximately 1.3 times the rated current of the overcurrent protection.
7) Circuit breakers with a rated current of 6 A to 63 A are available on the market. In addition, only fuses can be used.

1.3 Protective ground connection (PE)
The following information concerning the protective ground connection corresponds to IEC 61800-5-1, section
4.3.5.4 "Connection elements for the protective ground conductor" and must be observed.
A protective ground conductor must be connected to line filter 8x0F as well as to the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
Wire cross section

The wire cross section of the protective ground conductor is oriented to the outer wires and must be selected
according to the following table:
Wire cross section for outer wire A [mm²] Minimum wire cross section for the pro-
tective ground connection APE [mm²] 1)
A ≤ 16 APE = A
16 < A ≤ 35 APE = 16
35 < A APE = A / 2
Table 212: Selecting the cross section of the protective ground conductor
1) Any protective ground conductor that is not part of a cable must have a minimum wire cross section of 4 mm².
Increased discharge current
Warning!
ACOPOS P3 servo drives are devices with increased discharge current (greater than 3.5 mA
AC or 10 mA DC). A fixed (immobile) protective ground connection is therefore required on
the servo drive.
The following condition must also be observed depending on the ACOPOS P3 servo drive:
Servo drive Condition Figure
8EI1X6... In addition to the connection of the first protective ground conductor
8EI2X2... on the X1/PE terminal, a second protective ground conductor with
8EI4X5... the same cross section must be connected at the designated posi-
8EI8X8... tion using the M4x8 screw included in the delivery (see figure to the
8EI013... right, tightening torque: 2.8 Nm).
8EI017HxS...
8EI017HxD... In addition to the connection of the first protective ground conductor

8EI022... on the X1/PE terminal, a second protective ground conductor with
8EI024... the same cross section must be connected at the designated posi-
8EI034... tion using the M5x8 screw included in the delivery (see figure to the
8EI044... right, tightening torque: 5.5 Nm).
Table 213: Condition for protective ground connection depending on the ACOPOS P3 servo drive
Warning!
This product can cause direct current in the protective ground conductor.
Danger!
Where a residual-current protective device (RCD) is used for protection in case of direct or indirect
contact, only a type B RCD (AC/DC-sensitive per IEC 60755) is permitted for the mains connection of
ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.
Otherwise, another protective measure must be used, such as neutralization or disconnection from
the mains power supply by means of an isolation transformer.

Dimensioning • 24 VDC connection
2 24 VDC connection
The 24 VDC power supply for an ACOPOS P3 drive system is provided by an external 24 V power supply. The 24
VDC connection is made using the X2 / 24 V, COM terminals of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
Information:
The COM connection on connector X2 must be grounded to achieve a defined relationship between
the signal ground and ground potential!
Information:
B&R recommends the use of B&R 0PSxxxx.x power supplies.
Caution!
Connector X2 for the 24 VDC power supply from the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives is not equipped with
an inrush current limitation! If an external 24 VDC power supply in a switched-on state is connected
to connector X2 (hot plugging), there is a risk of damage to the servo drive or power supply due to
high current peaks!
2.2 Design
Dimensioning
Chapter 4
+24 V
0V
1)
PE
+24 V
COM
X2
Figure 57: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives - 24 VDC connection
2.3 Dimensioning
The 24 VDC power consumption of an ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive is put together as follows:
• 24 VDC power consumption of the 8EI servo drive itself (see the technical data of the respective 8EI servo
drive)
• If present:
24 VDC power consumption of the 8EAC plug-in module (see the technical data of the respective 8EAC
plug-in module)
• If present:
24 VDC power consumption of the holding brakes of connected motors (see the data sheet for the holding
brake of the respective motor)

Dimensioning • DC bus
3 DC bus
Caution!
All values in this section are only valid for the following ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives:
• 8EI1X6... / 8EI2x2... / 8EI4X5... / 8EI8X8...
• 8EI013HxS... / 8EI017HxS...
ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives can be connected via the DC bus. This connection allows compensation of braking
and drive energy of several axes or the distribution of braking energy to several braking resistors.
Caution!
The following structures are only valid if the DC bus network is supplied from a single power supply
cable (mains fuse).
Parallel supply of the DC bus connection via several power supply cables is not permitted!
3.2 Wiring design
The connection or coupling to the DC bus of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives is made with a twisted line via terminals
X1 / DC+ and DC-.
It is recommended that the DC bus wiring be carried out with as large a conductor cross section as possible, taking
into account the maximum possible wire cross sections of the DC bus connections (see also "Technical data" on
page 17 ).
Caution!
The DC bus connections DC+ and DC- on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are not equipped with fuse
protection on the device side!
The DC bus connectors on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives do not have short circuit protection, ground fault pro-
tection or reverse polarity protection. It is therefore very important that the DC bus connections be wired correctly.
Caution!
The wiring of the DC bus connections must be inherently short circuit and ground-fault proof and must
be made with the correct polarity.
Information:
If the DC bus wiring is carried out with shielded cables, the shield connection can be implemented
using shield component set 8SCSE01.0100-00.

3.3 DC bus network of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives
The connection of the DC bus circuits of ACOPOS P3 servo amplifiers enables the exchange of regenerative
energy within the DC bus network.
Information:
The DC bus network is not permitted to exceed 6 ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.
3.3.1 Wiring
8EI 8EI 8EI
(8B0F... / X2: PE)

(8B0F... / X2: L3')
(8B0F... / X2: L2')
(8B0F... / X2: L1')
PE
PE
PE
Dimensioning
Chapter 4
Figure 58: Connecting DC bus circuits on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives - Wiring
Permissible cable lengths
• The wiring of an ACOPOS P3 DC bus network is not permitted to exceed a total length of 3 m.
Information:
To make the connections on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive, 2-row 8TB terminal blocks must be used.
Caution!
• For all ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives in the DC bus network, the mains connection must also
be established!
• Only DC bus circuits of 8EI servo drives with the same mains voltage range are permitted to be
connected ("Mains voltage range" on page 206).
• All ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives with a single-phase power supply that should have their DC
bus circuits connected together must be connected to the same phase! If this is not done, the
DC bus voltage increases to a level that is not permitted, causing irreparable damage to the
devices!
Information:
The braking power in the DC bus network can be distributed to one or more braking resistors.
3.3.2 Equal distribution of the applied power via the power rectifiers
In the DC bus network of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives, it is possible in principle that the parallel connection of the
power rectifiers of the individual servo drivers results in an inadmissible distribution of the supplied power.
The distribution of the supplied power is monitored via module-internal protection models. If an inadmissible dis-
tribution of the supplied power is determined, this will in the worst case cause the affected module to be switched
off during operation at the power limit.
Warning!
An inadmissible distribution of the supplied power may occur during operation as well as during start-
up of ACOPOS P3 servo amplifiers 8EI in the DC bus network!

3.3.3 Equal distribution of the brake power on the braking resistors
The braking resistors optionally integrated in ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives as well as braking resistors that can be
connected externally are controlled using a specially developed procedure. This guarantees that the brake power is
optimally and equally distributed on the braking resistors when a DC bus connection is made between several units.
When using the optional internal braking resistors, no additional configuration is required on the part of the user.
When using external braking resistors, they must be configured appropriately (see "Configuring brake resistors"
on page 219).
Caution!
A faulty configuration can result in irreparable damage to the external braking resistor or ACOPOS
P3 servo drive!
Information:
Brake power is distributed in the DC bus network only to those braking resistors connected to 8EI
servo drives whose controller is enabled at the moment braking takes place.
3.4 Supplying power to ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives via an ACOPOSmulti drive system
ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives can be supplied with power via the DC bus of an ACOPOSmulti drive system.
The ACOPOSmulti drive system is permitted to be supplied via 8BVP active power supply modules as well as
8B0P passive power supply modules.
The connection from the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive to the ACOPOSmulti drive system is made via DC cable
outlet X4x on an ACOPOSmulti 8BVE expansion module.
The DC bus capacitance of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive must be taken into account when designing the
ACOPOSmulti drive system.
Caution!
The power supply via an ACOPOSmulti drive system is only permitted for ACOPOS P3 8EIxxxH... servo
drives!
3.4.1 Wiring
8EI 8EI 8EI
(8BVE... / X4x: PE)
(8BVE... / X4x: DC-)

(8BVE... / X4x: DC+)
PE
PE
PE
Figure 59: Supplying power to ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives via an ACOPOSmulti drive system - Wiring
Permissible cable lengths
• Wiring between the ACOPOSmulti 8BVE expansion module and the first ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive in
the DC bus network is not permitted to exceed a length of 5 m.
• Wiring between individual ACOPOS P3 servo drives in the DC bus network is not permitted to exceed a
total length of 3 m.

Caution!
If ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives are supplied via an ACOPOSmulti drive system, the mains connection
to these ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives is not permitted to be established!
3.4.2 Fuse protection
Fuse protection for ACOPOS P3 servo drives is provided via the fuses for DC cable outlet X4x on the ACOPOSmulti
8BVE expansion module. Fuse protection must be designed for the smallest wire cross section used in the DC
bus network.
3.4.3 Chargeable DC bus capacitance
When designing the machine, it must be checked as to whether the chargeable DC bus capacitance of the
ACOPOSmulti 8BxP power supply module being used is sufficient (see section "Dimensioning" of the ACOPOS-
multi user's manual). The DC bus capacitance of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives must also be taken into account.
Servo drive DC bus capacitance [µF]
8EI1X6H...
8EI2X2H...
470
8EI4X5H...
8EI8X8H...
8EI013HxS...
940
8EI017HxS...
Table 214: DC bus capacitance of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives
Dimensioning
Chapter 4

Dimensioning • Motor connection
4 Motor connection
On B&R motors, the power connections, the connections for the holding brake and the connections for the motor
temperature sensor are all made using the same motor connector.8)
The motor connection on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive is made using the X5x / U, V, W and PE terminals as
well as the X5x / B+, B-, T+ and T- terminals9). The motor connection must be shielded appropriately (see "EMC-
compatible installation " on page 223).
The following diagram illustrates how the motor connection is designed:
Structure with 8ECH hybrid motor cable Structure with motor and separate encoder cable
8
T X41 T 8
X41
M U M U
3 V 3 V
W W
PE PE
B+ X51 B+ X51
B- B-
T+ T+
T- T-
T
Table 215: ACOPOS P3 X51 motor connection - Circuit diagram
The cross section of the motor cable must be dimensioned for the thermal equivalent RMS value of the motor
current. 10)
The cross section of the motor cable is selected for B&R motor cables according to the following table so that the
permissible current-carrying capacity of the selected cable cross section is greater than or equal to the thermal
equivalent RMS value of the motor current:
Motor cables - For use in cable drag chains

The following table shows the current-carrying capacity of specially insulated three-phase cables per DIN VDE
0298-4 at an ambient temperature of 40°C11) and maximum cable temperature of 90°C:
Current-carrying capacity of the wire IZ [A] depending on type of installation
Installation in electri-
Wire cross section [mm²] Installation on a wall Installation in the air
cal installation pipes
B2 C E
0.75 11.5 13 13.5
1.5 17.8 20 20.9
2.5 23.7 27.3 29.1
4 31.9 1) 36.4 1) 38.2 1)
6 40 47.3 49.1
10 54.6 64.6 68.3
16 72.8 87.4 91
35 116.5 133.8 143.8
Table 216: Current-carrying capacity of specially insulated three-phase cables

1) Pre-assembled 8BCMxxxxxx.1312A-0 motor cables from B&R are only permitted to be loaded with max. 30 A.
8) When using 8ECHxxx motor hybrid cables, the encoder signals are also routed via the same motor connector.
10) If information concerning load torques, inertias and friction is available, the thermal equivalent RMS value of the motor current for the motor being used can be
calculated as follows:
11) Current-carrying capacity is specified in DIN VDE 0298-4 for an ambient temperature of 30°C. The values listed in the "Current-carrying capacity of PVC-in-
sulated three-phase cables or single conductors" table are converted for use at an ambient temperature of 40°C using the factor kTemp = 0.91 specified in the
standard.
The specified current-carrying capacity does not take into account a reduction factor for groups of cables and single conductors. If necessary, this must be
taken from the corresponding standards and included in the calculation.

Dimensioning • Motor connection
Motor cables - Not for use in cable drag chains

The following table shows the current-carrying capacity of PVC-insulated three-phase cables per DIN VDE 0298-4
at an ambient temperature of 40°C12) and maximum cable temperature of 70°C:
Current-carrying capacity of the wire IZ [A] depending on type of installation
Installation in electri-
Wire cross section [mm²] Installation on a wall Installation in the air
cal installation pipes
B2 C E
0.75 8.5 9.8 10.4
1.5 13.1 15.2 16.1
2.5 17.4 20.9 21.8
4 23.5 27.9 29.6
6 29.6 35.7 37.4
10 40 51.7 52.2
Table 217: Current-carrying capacity of PVC-insulated three-phase cables
When determining the cross section for the motor cable, make sure that the cross section selected is within the
range that can be used with motor connection terminal X5x.
Information:
Observe the minimum permissible supply voltage of the motor holding brake!
This value is listed in the data sheet for the motor being used.
4.1 Motor overload protection
Dimensioning
Chapter 4
ACOPOS P3 servo drives have various monitoring mechanisms to ensure motor overload protection. For detailed
information on the various mechanisms, see Automation Help.
Caution!
Motor overload protection can only be ensured if there is a motor temperature sensor in the connected
motor and it is evaluated on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
The motor overload protection level can be calculated using the following formula: 13)
IL Motor overload protection current

I0 Stall current of the motor
IN Nominal current of the motor
TM_LIM Maximum permissible motor temperature
TM_AMB Current ambient temperature of the motor
TM_AMB_N Nominal ambient temperature of the motor
navg Average motor speed
nN Nominal speed of the motor
12) Current-carrying capacity is specified in DIN VDE 0298-4 for an ambient temperature of 30°C. The values listed in the "Current-carrying capacity of PVC-in-
sulated three-phase cables or single conductors" table are converted for use at an ambient temperature of 40°C using the factor kTemp = 0.91 specified in the
standard.
The specified current-carrying capacity does not take into account a reduction factor for groups of cables and single conductors. If necessary, this must be
taken from the corresponding standards and included in the calculation.
13) Valid for motor temperature model 2 (MOTOR_TEMPMODEL_MODE).

Dimensioning • Braking resistors
5 Braking resistors
When braking servo motors, energy is returned to the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. This causes the capacitors
in the DC bus to be charged to higher voltages.
Starting at a defined DC bus voltage, the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive can enable a braking resistor to the DC bus
via the brake chopper and in this way convert the braking energy to heat.
All ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives are equipped with a connection for external braking resistors. Certain ACOPOS
P3 8EI servo drives are optionally available with an integrated braking resistor. For detailed information, see the
technical data of the respective ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.

5.2 External braking resistor connection
External braking resistors are connected via terminals X6 / RB+, RB- and PE. The following diagram illustrates
how the external braking resistor connection is designed:
X6
PE
RB+
RB-
Figure 60: ACOPOS P3 connection for X6 external braking resistor - Circuit diagram
When determining the cross section14) for wiring the external braking resistors, make sure that the selected cross
Dimensioning
section is within the range that can be connected to the X6 braking resistor connection terminals.
Chapter 4
5.2.1 Fuse protection
Caution!
Connector X6 on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives is not equipped with fuse protection on the device side!
Missing fuse protection for the external braking resistor may result in irreparable damage to the servo
drive!
Fuse protection must be implemented by the user on the system side.
An intrinsically safe braking resistor must be used. 15)
Information:
External braking resistors are not protected by the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
5.3 Dimensioning braking resistors
In preparation
5.4 Configuring brake resistors
5.4.1 Using the integrated braking resistors
No configuration is required by the user.
5.4.2 Using external braking resistors
When using external braking resistors, the following parameters must be set on the drive system using B&R Au-
tomation Studio:
14) The cross section of the braking resistor wiring must be dimensioned for the thermal equivalent RMS value of the respective braking current. If information
concerning the braking current flow is available, the thermal equivalent RMS value for the braking current can be calculated as follows:
The cross section of the braking resistor wiring must be selected so that the permissible current-carrying capacity of the cable cross section is greater than or
equal to the thermal equivalent RMS value of the braking current (IZ ≥ Iq).
15) Braking resistors are considered to be intrinsically safe if they are disconnected in the event of permanent overload without short circuits, ground faults and
fire. The housing of an intrinsically safe braking resistor is not permitted to melt in the event of permanent overload. Note the values in the data sheet of the
respective braking resistor!

Formula sym-
ParID Constant name Name Unit
bols
10 R_BLEEDER_EXT Ohmic resistance RBR [Ω]
11 TEMP_MAX_BLEEDER_EXT Maximum permissible temperature of the external braking resistor TBRmax [°C]
12 RTH_BLEEDER_AMB_EXT Thermal resistance between braking resistor and environment Rth [K/W]
13 CTH_BLEEDER_EXT Heat capacitance of the filament Cth [Ws/°C]
398 BLEEDER_SELECTOR_EXT Switching between an internal/external braking resistor --- ---
0 ... Internal (default)

1 ... External
Information:
Switching is only possible during the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive's initial-
ization phase.
Table 218: ParIDs for configuring external braking resistors
These parameters are usually listed in the data sheet from the respective manufacturer.16)
The parameters are based on the following thermal equivalent circuit diagram of the external braking resistor:
Figure 61: Thermal equivalent circuit diagram of the external braking resistor
If a value for maximum permissible temperature TBRmax of the external braking resistor is not specified, it can be
calculated using the following formula:
16) Σ SIGMA braking resistors from Danotherm (www.danotherm.com) are an example of reliable braking resistors.

Dimensioning • Formula symbols used
6 Formula symbols used

Symbol Unit Name
A mm² Cross section of the power supply wires
Aeff A Continuous current
APE mm² Minimum wire cross section of the protective ground connection
Cth Ws/°C Heat capacitance of the filament
f --- (Output voltage of encoder interface [V] - Min. permissible supply voltage of connected encoder [V]) * 1.1
IAX A RMS value of the current on axis x
IBR A Nominal current of the motor holding brake for axis x
IG A Maximum current consumption of the connected encoder
IENCODER W Current consumption of the encoder
IL A Current of the motor overload protection
Imax m Maximum encoder cable length
IN A Nominal current of the motor
Iq A Thermal equivalent RMS value of the current
IZ A Permitted current-carrying capacity of a cable
I0 A Stall current of the motor
kTemp --- Temperature-dependent correction factor for current-carrying capacity
kW W Continuous power
navg rpm Average motor speed
nN rpm Nominal speed of the motor
p Ω mm²/m Specific resistance
PAVG kW Average continuous power of the module
PBRmax W Maximum brake power
PENCODER W Maximum power consumption per encoder interface
Dimensioning
Chapter 4
PVSLOT W Power dissipation of the 8EAC plug-in module
RBR Ω Braking resistance
RminServo Ω Minimum permissible braking resistance of the servo drive
Rth K/W Thermal resistance between braking resistor and environment
TBRmax °C Maximum permissible overtemperature of the resistor
TM_AMB °C Current ambient temperature of the motor
TM_AMB_N °C Nominal ambient temperature of the motor
TM_LIM °C Maximum permissible motor temperature
TCycle s Cycle time
U24V V Input voltage on +24 VDC input of the module
VAC V Nominal voltage
Table 219: Formula symbols used

Wiring

Wiring • General information
Chapter 5 • Wiring
1 General information
1.1 EMC-compatible installation
1.1.1 Installation guidelines
1. The control cabinet or system must be set up in a functional and appropriate manner. The devices must be
installed such that they are stationary (i.e. in the control cabinet).
2. To prevent the effects of disturbances, the following lines must be properly shielded:
° Motor cables
° Encoder cables
° Control cables
° Data cables
° Braking resistor cables
3. Inductive switching elements such as contactors or relays must be equipped with corresponding interference
suppressors such as varistors, RC elements or damping diodes.
4. All electrical connections must be kept as short as possible.
5. Cable shields must always be attached over a wide area and as close as possible to the designated shield
connection clamps and connector housings. Twisting the braided shield or extending it with single conductors
(pigtail) is not permitted!
6. Shielded cables with copper or tinned copper braiding must be used (coverage >75%).
Chapter 5
Wiring
7. Unused cable conductors must be grounded on both sides whenever possible.
Information:
To satisfy UL/CSA requirements, components of ACOPOS P3 drive systems are only permitted to be
wired with copper wires with a permitted cable temperature of at least 60°C (up to 40°C ambient tem-
perature) or 75°C (up to 55°C ambient temperature)!

Ground connections and shield connections must be made as illustrated in the following diagram:
+24 V +24 V
0V
8EAD0000.000-1
Display module
0V
POWERLINK
POWERLINK
1)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
X9
+24 V
Trigger 1
Enable 1
0V
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
X2
Slot X7 X8
8
T X4x
M U
3 V
W
PE
X1 X6 ACOPOS P3
B+ X5x 8EI
PE
PE
DC+
DC-
RB+
RB-
B-
L3
L2
L1
PE
T+ 1)
T- 1)
(=8B0F.../L1)
(=8B0F.../L2)
(=8B0F.../L3)
(=8B0F.../PE)
(=8EI.../DC+)
(=8EI.../DC-)
Figure 62: Ground and shield connections - Connection diagram


1. The protective ground conductor (PE) for the mains power input, the motor lines and external braking resistor
connection is internally connected to the housing of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. Shielding takes place
using an optional shield plate (shield set 8SCSE01.0100-00) as well as – depending on the cable cross
section – shield sets 8SCSE02.0100-00 / 8SCSE02.0200-00:
8SCSE02.0100-00
8SCSE01.0100-00
8SCSE02.0200-00
Figure 63: Shielding for power cable / braking resistor connection wiring on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive
2. The second protective ground connection is necessary because of the increased discharge current (>3.5
mA) on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives. The same cross section as the protective ground conductor for the
mains power input must be used.
3. Both trigger inputs are only filtered internally with approx. 50 µs. Make sure cable shields are grounded
properly.
The 8SCS002.0000-00 shield set can be used to shield I/O cables.
Chapter 5
4. The fastening screw on the plug-in module must be tightened so that the front plate of the plug-in module
Wiring
makes contact with the ground potential.
5. Mini I/O connector cable connection:
The cable shield must be fastened to the respective location on the mini I/O connector over a wide area.
Information:
When cabling mini I/O encoder connections using 8ECH hybrid motor cables or 8ECF EnDat 2.2
cables from B&R, no additional grounding of the cable shield is required to ensure resistance to
disturbances per EN 61800-3!
6. Cable connection via RJ45 connector:

Additional grounding of the cable shield provides improved EMC characteristics. Grounding should take place
on both sides, over a wide area and near the connector.
Figure 64: Male RJ45 connector - Grounding the cable shield
Information:
When cabling POWERLINK networks with POWERLINK cables from B&R, no additional grounding
of the cable shield is required to ensure resistance to disturbances per EN 61800-3!
7. The cable shield for the motor line is connected to the housing of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive using
the designated grounding clamp. The required strain relief is provided by a cable tie attached either to the
grounding clamp itself or alternatively to the holding bracket on the bottom front of the module:

Shielding and strain relief on the grounding clamp of the ACOPOS P3 Strain relief on the holding bracket of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive
8EI servo drive
8. On the motor side, the cable shield of the motor line is connected to the motor housing via the motor connector
and connected to ground via the machine. The cable shield of the attachment cable for the external braking
resistor must be connected to the housing of the braking resistor.
The cable shield of the encoder cable must be connected on motor side to the motor housing via the encoder
connector and subsequently connected to ground potential via the machine.
For external encoders, the cable shield of the encoder cable must be connected on the encoder side to the
machine via the encoder connector and subsequently connected to ground potential.
For ACOPOS P3 8ECH hybrid motor cables, the encoder cable is connected to the motor housing via the
hybrid motor connector and subsequently to ground potential via the machine.

1.2 Using 8TB push-in terminal blocks
8TB push-in terminal blocks for connectors X1, X2 and X6 on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives have a click-and-
lock mechanism that provides reliable protection against unintentional disconnection. This is achieved by a locking
element on each side of the 8TB push-in terminal block housing.
Locking element
Locking element
Figure 65: 8TB locking elements (example)
Locking
Insert the 8TB push-in terminal blocks into the respective connector on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive until you
hear an audible "click". The 8TB push-in terminal block is now locked in place.
Chapter 5
Wiring
Figure 66: Inserting 8TB push-in terminal blocks
Unlocking
Slide both of the locking elements on the 8TB push-in terminal block parallel to the direction of insertion as far as
possible. Pull out the 8TB push-in terminal block.
Figure 67: Unlocking and removing 8TB push-in terminal blocks

1.3 Using the mini I/O connector
Mini I/O connectors for connectors X41, X42 and X43 on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives have a locking mechanism
that provides reliable protection against unintentional disconnection. This is achieved by a locking element on the
front of the mini I/O connector housing.
Locking element
Mini I/O connectorr
Figure 68: Mini I/O connector
Locking
Mini I/O connectors automatically lock in place when inserted.
Unlocking
Slide the locking element in the direction of insertion as you pull out the mini I/O connector.
Figure 69: Unlocking the mini I/O connector

Safety technology • Standard safety technology ("hardwired safety technology")
Chapter 6 • Safety technology
1 Standard safety technology ("hardwired safety technology")

B&R ACOPOS P3 servo drives with standard safety technology implement safety function Safe Torque Off (STO)
per EN 61800-5-2. The cutoff corresponds to stop category 0 per EN 60204-1.
Safety functions SS1, SS2, SLS, SOS (EN 61800-5-2) and stop categories 1 and 2 (EN 60204-1) can also be
implemented through the use of additional components (time relays, speed monitors, etc.). Unexpected restarts
(EN 1037) can also be prevented in the same way (see "Wiring the enable inputs per safety category 3 / SIL 2 /
PL d and functionality (STO, SS1, SS2, SLS, SOS)" on page 236).
Caution!
Safety function STO does not protect against faults that occur in non safety-related functions of B&R
ACOPOS P3 servo drives with standard safety technology!
Danger!
Particularly in the area of safety technology, the specifications listed in the latest version of this user's
manual on the B&R website (www.br-automation.com) are always valid! The specifications in this ver-
sion of the document are not necessarily current. The user must verify the correctness of specifica-
tions before implementing safety functions!
ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives are equipped with integrated safe pulse disabling for safe stopping and to prevent
unexpected startup. This is designed to satisfy the following safety classifications depending on the external circuit:
17)
Criteria Safety characteristic

Maximum safety category per EN ISO 13849 Cat. 4
Maximum performance level per EN ISO 13849 PL e
Maximum safety integrity level per IEC 61800-5-2 SIL 3
Maximum safety integrity level per IEC 62061 SIL 3
Safety technology
Maximum safety integrity level per IEC 61508 SIL 3
Chapter 6
PFH (probability of dangerous failure per hour) <4 * 10-10
PFD (probability of dangerous failure on demand) depending on the proof test
interval (PTI)
For a PTI of 20 years <5 * 10-6
PTI (proof test interval) 1) Max. 20 years
SFF (safe failure fraction) 99.9%
DC (diagnostic coverage) 99%
MTTFd (mean time to dangerous failure) 10,000 years
Maximum switching delay See technical data for the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
Table 220: Safety classifications, criteria and characteristics for safe pulse disabling
1) Corresponds to the mission time of the 8EI servo drive.
The following table provides an overview of the individual safety functions that can be implemented:
Name according to standard Short description
EN 61800-5-2 EN 60204-1
STO (Safe Torque Off) Stop category 0 Cuts off the power supply
SS1 (Safe Stop 1) Stop category 1 Initiates active braking and activates function STO after a defined amount of time has passed
SS2 (Safe Stop 2) Stop category 2 Initiates active braking and activates function SOS after a defined amount of time has passed
SLS (Safely Limited Speed) --- Protection against exceeding a defined speed limit
SOS (Safe Operating Stop) --- Protection against impermissible position deviation
Table 221: Overview of safety functions according to standards
Safe pulse disabling interrupts the supply of power to the motor by disabling the pulses to the IGBTs over two
channels. A rotating field can therefore no longer be created in synchronous and induction motors controlled by
the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.
The terminology of EN 61800-5-2 (STO, SS1, SS2, SLS, SOS) will be used in the following.
17) For detailed information about the listed standards and safety functions, see chapter "Standards and certifications".

Danger!
If the safety functions integrated in the drive system are used in an application, then they must be fully
validated before the drive system is switched on for the first time. This could lead to death, severe
injury or damage to property.
Information:
If module-internal hardware errors occur, safety function STO switches to the safe state and interrupts
the supply of power to the drive (failsafe principle). If a hardware defect occurs, then the entire module
must be replaced.
1.2 Principle - Implementing the safety function
Safe pulse disabling is achieved by interrupting the pulse pattern to the IGBT drivers in the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo
drives. Terminals X7 / Enable1 and X7 / COM (1) as well as X7 / Enable2 and X7 / COM (2) are used to control
2 internal DC-to-DC converters. The two DC-to-DC converters generate a supply voltage for an additional driver
stage so that the pulse pattern can be transferred to the IGBT drivers.
X1
DC+
DC-
X7 Pulse pattern power supply

1
Enable 1
2
COM (1)
X51
CONTROL UNIT
U
V
W
PE
IGBT output stage
X7
IGBT driver
3
Enable 2
4
COM (2)
Pulse pattern power supply
Figure 70: Block diagram for safe pulse disabling

If control for 1 of the 2 DC-to-DC converters is interrupted, then the corresponding pulse patterns are also no longer
transferred to the IGBT drivers. It is then no longer possible to transfer the pulse pattern needed to generate the
rotating field to the IGBT output stage. This cuts off the supply of power to the motor.

1.2.1 Additional function
The control unit checks whether the output voltage of the 2 DC-to-DC converters exists. If no voltage is present
on the output of 1 of the 2 DC-to-DC converters, then the control unit additionally prevents the generation of the
pulse pattern.
Danger!
After activating safe pulse disabling via terminals X7 / Enable 1 and X7 / COM (1) or X7 / Enable 2 and
X7 / COM (2), the motor is de-energized and therefore not generating torque. If the motor was moving
before safe pulse disabling is activated, it is only stopped by a safe operational brake (if available) or
by the friction of the complete system. The motor is therefore not able to hold hanging loads. Safe
holding brakes must be used for this purpose.
Danger!
The switch-off time of the enable inputs must be taken into account since it has a substantial effect
on the response time of the safety functions and therefore the remaining distances and times to be
considered! In order to calculate the total safety response time, the user must validate the rundown
time of the complete system!
The switch-off time for the enable inputs is listed in the technical data for the respective ACOPOS P3
8EI servo drive.
Danger!
Activating safe pulse disabling via terminals X7 / Enable 1 and X7 / COM (1) or X7 / Enable 2 and X7 /
COM (3) does not disconnect the drive from the power system and therefore does not provide sufficient
protection against electrical shock!
Danger!
Depending on the application, it is possible for the drive to restart after safe pulse disabling is deac-
tivated.
Danger!
The C standards relevant to applications must be observed!
Information:
Safety technology
Chapter 6
It is important to note that multiple errors in the IGBT bridge can cause a brief forward movement.
The maximum angle of rotation φ of the motor shaft during this forward movement depends on the
motor being used. For permanent magnet synchronous motors, φ = 360°/2p (for B&R standard motors,
p=3 so the angle is 60°). For three-phase induction motors, there is a relatively small angle of rotation
between 5° and 15°.
This short forward movement can be excluded as a fault per EN ISO 13849-1, among other things due
to the improbability that this would occur and due to general technical experience.

1.3 Wiring the enable inputs to the required safety category / SIL / PL
This section uses the example of safety function STO to illustrate the different circuit variations of the enable inputs
on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives to achieve the required safety category / SIL / PL.
Danger!
Any faults (e.g. cross faults) that are not detected can lead to the loss of safety functionality.
Appropriate measures must be taken to justify the exclusion of faults. For instance, faults caused by
a short circuit between any two wires can be excluded per EN ISO 13849-2, appendix D.5, if one of the
following conditions is met:
• The wires are permanently installed and protected against external damage (e.g. using a cable
duct or armored conduit).
• The wires are installed in different plastic-sheathed cables or within an area for electrical equip-
ment18).
• The wires are each individually protected by a ground connection.
For more fault exclusions, see EN ISO 13849-2, appendix D.5.
Danger!
To achieve safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e, it must be ensured that an accumulation of faults does
not lead to the loss of safety functionality. Consideration can be stopped after the third fault if the
likelihood that more faults will occur can be considered low.
To achieve safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d, it must be ensured that a single fault does not lead to the
loss of safety functionality.
1.3.1 STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A)
An enable input on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive is supplied with +24 V via a switching contact of a safe
emergency stop switching device. The COM of the second enable input on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive
is supplied with 0 V via an additional switching contact of a safe emergency stop switching device. Activating
emergency stop switch S1 opens both switching contacts on the emergency stop switching device, cutting off the
enable input as well as the COM of the second enable input.
F1
+24 V
+24 V S1 0V
STO
A1 13 23
K1
- 14 24
0V
+24 V
4 3 2 1
Enable 1
COM (2)
Enable 2
COM (1)
X7
Figure 71: STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A)

This circuit covers a majority of the wiring and insulation faults for the supply lines to the emergency stop switching
device and to the enable inputs.
18) Prerequisite: Both the wires and the area for electrical equipment must meet the respective requirements (see IEC 60204-1).

The following fault events can occur in the external wiring:19)

Fault event Error description Effects Safety functionality maintained per
category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e?
1 Interruption of the supply line to connection 13 Power cut off to motor Yes
3 Short circuit between connection 13 and 23 F1 fuse triggered immediately Yes
4 Short circuit between connection 13 and 0 V F1 fuse triggered immediately Yes
5 Short circuit between connection 23 and +24 V F1 fuse triggered immediately Yes
6 Short circuit between connection 13 and 24 F1 fuse triggered when safety function request- Yes
ed
ed
8 Short circuit between connection 13 and 14 Error not detected No, safety function falls back to cat-
egory 3 / SIL 2 / PL d
9 Short circuit between connection 23 and 24 Error not detected No, safety function falls back to cat-
12 Short circuit between connection 14 and 0 V F1 fuse triggered when safety function request- Yes
ed
13 Short circuit between connection 24 and +24 V F1 fuse triggered when safety function request- Yes
ed
14 Short circuit between connection 14 and +24 V Error not detected No, safety function falls back to cat-
15 Short circuit between connection 24 and +0 V Error not detected No, safety function falls back to cat-
ed
Table 222: List of possible fault events
Danger!
A 2-pole category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e switching device with a positively driven normally closed contact
must be used for the shown S1 switch per EN 60947-5-1. A 2-pole category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e switching
device must be used for the shown K1 relay.
The information in the user documentation for the switching devices must be observed!
It must be possible to exclude the following fault events according to "List of possible fault events"
on page 233 by taking sufficient wiring measures (short circuit protected wiring):
• Fault event 8
• Fault event 9
Safety technology
• Fault event 14
Chapter 6
• Fault event 15
19) The numbers for the connections refer to "STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A)" on page 232.

1.3.2 STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B)
The 2 enable inputs on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are supplied via a safe digital output (Out1+, Out1-). If the
safety function is requested, then the safe digital output cuts off the 2 enable inputs.
e.g. X20SO2110
Requested
safety function
Figure 72: STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B)

The consideration of fault events in the external wiring for fault exclusion purposes is not necessary since faults
are detected by the safe digital output.
Danger!
A safe category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e digital output module must be used for the shown DO1 safe digital output.
The information in the user documentation for the safe digital output module must be observed!

1.3.3 STO, category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d
Activating an emergency stop button cuts off one or both enable inputs on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive from
the +24 V supply via a switch, thereby cutting off the motor's power supply.
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
Enable 1
COM (2)
Enable 2
COM (1)
Enable 1
COM (2)
Enable 2
COM (1)
Enable 1
COM (2)
Enable 2
COM (1)
X7 X7 X7
Figure 73: STO, category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d
Danger!
If only 1 of the 2 enable inputs is cut off from the +24 V supply via a switch, it must be possible to
exclude a short circuit between the X7 / Enable1 and X7 / Enable2 connections by taking sufficient
wiring measures in order to guarantee compliance with the safety category!
Danger!
A 1-pole category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d switching device with a positively driven normally closed contact
must be used for the shown S1 switch per EN 60947-5-1.
The information in the user documentation for the switching device must be observed!
Safety technology
Chapter 6

1.4 Wiring the enable inputs per safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d and functionality (STO, SS1,
SS2, SLS, SOS)
This section provides some possible suggestions for the external wiring of the enable inputs of ACOPOS P3 8EI
servo drives. They vary in their safety classification per EN 60204-1, ISO 13849 and EN 61800-5-2 as well as with
regard to the safety function (STO, SS1, SS2, SLS, SOS).
Information:
The following wiring suggestions do not include a line contactor since one is not necessary to comply
with the required safety category / SIL / PL.
1.4.1 STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e
F1
+24 V
+24 V S1 0V
STO
A1 13 23
Emergency stop K1
A2 14 24
0V
+24 V
A1 13 23
n> K2
S2 1)
SLS / SOS 0V
A2 14 24
0V +24 V
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
Enable 1
Trigger 1
Com (2)
Enable 2
Com (1)
Com (2)
Com (1)
Trigger 2
T X3A X3B
X7 X8
M U
3 V
W
PE
B+ X51
B-
T T+
T- ACOPOS P3
8EI
Figure 74: STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e

1) Limit speed of K2 according to the requirements of the application.
K2 including the encoder is part of the safety function.
Danger!
The shown brake as well as the brake control provided by the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are not part
of the safety function!

Description:
STO
Activating emergency stop switch S1 de-energizes the switching contacts of emergency stop switching device K1.
This cuts off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The supply of power to the motor is cut off
as a result.
This ensures that the supply of power to the motor is cut off immediately in every case.
Secure restart interlock

Opening and latching emergency stop switch S1 prevents unexpected startup.
SLS
Safety function SLS is activated by opening switch S2. The switching contacts of overspeed monitor K2 are opened
if the monitor's set speed limit is exceeded. This cuts off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
This ensures that the supply of power to the motor is cut off immediately in every case when the speed limit set
on overspeed monitor K2 is exceeded.
SOS
Safety function SOS is activated by opening switch S2. The switching contacts of standstill monitor K2 are opened
when the standstill monitor is activated. This cuts off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The
supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
This ensures that the supply of power to the motor is cut off immediately in every case if standstill monitor K2 is
activated.
Information:
Safety function SLS or SOS can be implemented depending on the function of switching device K2
(overspeed monitor or standstill monitor)
Danger!
2-pole category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e switching devices with a positively driven normally closed contact must
be used for the shown S1 and S2 switches per EN 60947-5-1. 2-pole category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e switching
Safety technology
devices must be used for the shown K1 and K2 relays.
Chapter 6

1.4.2 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A)
Emergency stop
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
Enable 1
Trigger 1
Com (2)
Enable 2
Com (1)
Com (2)
Com (1)
Trigger 2
T X3A X3B
X7 X8
M U
3 V
W
PE
B+ X51
B-
T T+
T- ACOPOS P3
8EI
Figure 75: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A)
Danger!

Description:
SS1
Activating emergency stop switch S1 triggers an active braking procedure via an undelayed switching contact of
emergency stop switching device K1 on input X8/Trigger2 of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. After a defined
amount of time, the delayed switching contacts of emergency stop switching device K1 are de-energized. This cuts
off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
This ensures that the supply of power to the motor is cut off in every case after a defined amount of time.

SLS
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SLS and triggers an active braking procedure on input X8/Trigger1
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. After a defined amount of time, speed monitoring is activated on overspeed
monitor K2. If the configured speed limit is exceeded, then the two enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo
drive are cut off via the undelayed switching contacts of overspeed monitor K2. The supply of power to the motor
is cut off as a result.
SS2
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SS2 and triggers an active braking procedure on input X8/Trigger1
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. After a defined amount of time, standstill monitoring is activated on standstill
monitor K2. If the configured tolerance limit is exceeded (standstill monitor K2 is activated), then the two enable
inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are cut off via the undelayed switching contacts of standstill monitor K2.
activated.
Information:
Safety function SLS or SS2 can be implemented depending on the function of switching device K2
(overspeed monitor or standstill monitor).
Safety technology
Chapter 6
Danger!

1.4.3 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B)
Emergency stop
1)
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
Enable 1
Trigger 1
Com (2)
Com (2)
Enable 2
Com (1)
Com (1)
Trigger 2
T X3A X3B
X7 X8
M U
3 V
W
PE
B+ X51
B-
T T+
T- ACOPOS P3
8EI
Figure 76: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B)

1) Information about the state of digital input "EmergencyStop" is also contained in the state of digital input "nLimit".
Danger!

Description:
SS1
Activating emergency stop switch S1 triggers an active braking procedure over the POWERLINK network via an
undelayed switching contact of emergency stop switching device K1 on the digital input "EmergencyStop" on the
controller (see "Example code" on page 242). After a defined amount of time, the delayed switching contacts of
emergency stop switching device K1 are de-energized. This cuts off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI
servo drive. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.

SLS
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SLS and triggers active braking ia the POWERLINK network on digital
input "nLimit" on the controller (see "Example code" on page 242). After a defined amount of time, speed moni-
toring is activated on overspeed monitor K2. If the configured speed limit is exceeded, then the two enable inputs
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are cut off via the undelayed switching contacts of overspeed monitor K2. The
SS2
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SS2 and triggers an active braking procedure via the POWERLINK
network on digital input "nLimit" on the controller (see "Example code" on page 242). After a defined amount
of time, standstill monitoring is activated on standstill monitor K2. If the configured tolerance limit is exceeded
(standstill monitor K2 is activated), then the two enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are cut off via
the undelayed switching contacts of standstill monitor K2. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
activated.
Information:
Safety function SLS or SS2 can be implemented depending on the function of switching device K2
Safety technology
Chapter 6
Danger!

Example code
Issuing the stop command via POWERLINK:
if ( ! statStopActive )
{
/* Move stop not active: check move stop inputs */
if ( DI_EmergencyStop == INPUT_LEVEL_LOW )
{
/* Move stop with emergency stop deceleration */
MC_Stop_0.Deceleration = E_STOP_DECELERATION;
MC_Stop_0.Execute = 1;
statStopActive = 1;
}
else if ( cmdStopAxis1 )
{
/* Move stop with application deceleration */
MC_Stop_0.Deceleration = APPLICATION_DECELERATION;
statStopActive = 1;
}
}
else
{
/* Move stop is active, wait until it is finished */
if ( DI_EmergencyStop == INPUT_LEVEL_HIGH &&
cmdStopAxis1 == 0 &&
MC_Stop_0.Done == 1 )
{
/* Move stop complete */
statStopActive = 0;
}
}
...
MC_Stop_0.Axis = AxisRef1;
MC_Stop( &MC_Stop_0 );
...

1.4.4 STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d
+24 V
Emergency stop
S1
STO
1) S2
S3 n>
SLS / SOS
0V
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
Enable 1
Trigger 1
Com (2)
Enable 2
Com (1)
Com (2)
Com (1)
Trigger 2
T X3A X3B
X7 X8
M U
3 V
W
PE
B+ X51
B-
T T+
T-
ACOPOS P3
8EI
Figure 77: STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d

1) Limit speed of S3 according to the requirements of the application.
S3 including the encoder is part of the safety function.
Implementation of S3 including the encoder must therefore meet Category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d.
Danger!
The brake shown in this image as well as the brake control provided by the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive
are not part of the safety function!
Safety technology
Chapter 6
Description:
STO
Activating the S1 emergency stop switch cuts off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The
This ensures that the supply of power to the motor is cut off immediately in every case.

SLS
Safety function SLS is activated by opening switch S2. The switching contact of overspeed monitor S3 is opened
if the monitor's configured speed limit is exceeded. This cuts off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo
drive. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
on overspeed monitor S3 is exceeded.
SOS
Safety function SOS is activated by opening switch S2. If standstill monitor S3 is activated, then the switching
contact of the standstill monitor is opened. This cuts off the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.

This ensures that the supply of power to the motor is cut off immediately in every case if standstill monitor S3 is
activated.
Information:
Safety function SLS or SOS can be implemented depending on the function of switching device S3
(overspeed monitor or standstill monitor)
Danger!
1-pole category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d switching devices with a positively driven normally closed contact must
be used for the shown S1 and S2 switches per EN 60947-5-1. A 1-pole category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d switching
device must be used for the shown S3 switching device.
The information in the user documentation for the switching device must be observed!
1.4.5 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant A)

+24 V
S1
Emergency stop
SS1
K1
0V
S2
SLS / SS2
1)
S3
n>
0V
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
T X3A X3B
X7 X8
M U
3 V
W
PE
B+ X51
B-
T T+
T- ACOPOS P3
8EI
Figure 78: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant A)

1) Limit speed of S3 according to the requirements of the application. S3 including the encoder is part of the safety function.
Implementation of S3 including the encoder must therefore meet Category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d.

Danger!
Information:
For this circuit, the X8 / Trigger 2 input of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive must be configured as a
quickstop input.
Description:
SS1
Activating emergency stop switch S1 triggers an active braking procedure via input X8 / Quickstop/Trigger 2 of
the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive.
After a defined amount of time, auxiliary dropout delay relay K1 is de-energized. This cuts off the 2 enable inputs
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.

SLS
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SLS and triggers an active braking procedure via input X8/Trigger1
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. After a defined amount of time, speed monitoring is activated on overspeed
monitor S3. If the configured speed limit is exceeded, then the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive
are cut off via the switching contact of overspeed monitor S3. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
SS2
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SS2 and triggers an active braking procedure via input X8/Trigger1
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. After a defined amount of time, standstill monitoring is activated on standstill
Safety technology
monitor S3. If the configured tolerance limit is exceeded (standstill monitor S3 is activated), then the two enable
Chapter 6
inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are cut off via the switching contact of standstill monitor S3. The supply
of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
activated.
Information:
Safety function SLS or SS2 can be implemented depending on the function of switching device S3
Danger!
1-pole category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d switching devices with a positively driven normally closed contact must
be used for the shown S1 and S2 switches per EN 60947-5-1. 1-pole category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d switching
devices must be used for the shown K2 relay and switching device S3.

1.4.6 SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant B)

+24 V
S1
SS1
Emergency K1
Stop 0V
S2
SLS / SS2
1)
S3
n>
Emergency stop
2)
nLimit
0V
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Trigger 1
Enable 1
Trigger 2
Com (1)
Enable 2
Com (2)
Com (1)
Com (2)
T X3A X3B
X7 X8
M U
3 V
W
PE
B+ X51
B-
T T+ ACOPOS P3
T- 8EI
Figure 79: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant B)

1) Dropout delay of K1 and limit speed of S3 according to the requirements of the application.
Auxiliary dropout delay relay K1 and S3 including encoder are part of the safety function. The implementation of K1 and S3 including encoder must therefore
meet the requirements of category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d.
2) Information about the status of the "EmergencyStop" digital input is also contained in the status of the "nLimit" digital input.
Danger!

Description:
SS1
Activating emergency stop switch S1 triggers an active braking procedure via digital input "EmergencyStop" on the
controller (see "Example code" on page 248).
After a defined amount of time, auxiliary dropout delay relay K1 is de-energized. This cuts off the 2 enable inputs
of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.

SLS
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SLS and triggers an active braking procedure via digital input "nLimit"
on the controller (see "Example code" on page 248). After a defined amount of time, speed monitoring is activated
on overspeed monitor S3. If the configured speed limit is exceeded, then the 2 enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3
8EI servo drive are cut off via the switching contact of overspeed monitor S3. The supply of power to the motor
is cut off as a result.
SS2
Opening switch S2 activates safety function SS2 and triggers an active braking procedure via digital input "nLimit"
on the controller (see "Example code" on page 248). After a defined amount of time, standstill monitoring is
activated on standstill monitor S3. If the configured tolerance limit is exceeded (standstill monitor S3 is activated),
then the two enable inputs of the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive are cut off via the switching contact of standstill
monitor S3. The supply of power to the motor is cut off as a result.
activated.
Information:
Safety function SLS or SS2 can be implemented depending on the function of switching device S3
Safety technology
Chapter 6
Danger!
2-pole or 1-pole category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d switching devices with a positively driven normally closed
contact must be used for the shown S1 and S2 switches per EN 60947-5-1. 1-pole category 3 / SIL 2 /
PL d switching devices must be used for the shown K1 relay and switching device S3.

Example code
Issuing the stop command via POWERLINK:
if ( ! statStopActive )
{
/* Move stop not active: check move stop inputs */
if ( DI_EmergencyStop == INPUT_LEVEL_LOW )
{
/* Move stop with emergency stop deceleration */
MC_Stop_0.Deceleration = E_STOP_DECELERATION;
statStopActive = 1;
}
else if ( cmdStopAxis1 )
{
/* Move stop with application deceleration */
MC_Stop_0.Deceleration = APPLICATION_DECELERATION;
statStopActive = 1;
}
}
else
{
/* Move stop is active, wait until it is finished */
if ( DI_EmergencyStop == INPUT_LEVEL_HIGH &&
cmdStopAxis1 == 0 &&
MC_Stop_0.Done == 1 )
{
/* Move stop complete */
statStopActive = 0;
}
}
...
MC_Stop_0.Axis = AxisRef1;
MC_Stop( &MC_Stop_0 );
...

Standards and certifications • Applicable standards
Chapter 7 • Standards and certifications
1 Applicable European directives

• EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
• Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU
• Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC20)
2 Applicable standards
Standard Description
EN 61800-2:1998 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
• Part 2: General requirements; Rating specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency AC power drive systems
EN 61800-3:2004 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
+A1:2012 • Part 3: EMC requirements and specific test methods
EN 61800-5-1:2007 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
• Part 5-1: Safety requirements - Electrical, thermal and energy
EN 61800-5-2:2007 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
• Part 5-2: Safety requirements - Functional
EN 60204-1:2006 Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines
+AC:2010 • Part 1: General requirements
EN 61508:2010 Functional safety of electrical / electronic / programmable electronic safety-related systems
EN 1037:1995 Safety of machinery - Prevention of unexpected startup
+A1:2008
EN 13849-1:2016 Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems
• Part 1: General principles for design
EN 62061:2005 Safety of machinery - Functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control sys-
+Cor.:2010 tems
+A1:2013
+A2:2015
EN 50581:2012 Technical documentation for the assessment of electrical and electronic products with respect to the restriction of haz-
ardous substances (RoHS)
UL 61800-5-1 Ed.1:2012 Power conversion equipment
CSA-C22.2 No. 274 Ed.1:2013 Adjustable speed drives
Table 223: Applicable standards
Standards and
certifications
Chapter 7
20) This machinery directive only applies to logic units for safety functions that are initially made available by B&R for sale or use.

Standards and certifications • Environmental limit values
3 Environmental limit values

3.1 Mechanical conditions per EN 61800-2
3.1.1 Operation
8EIxXx..., 8EI01xHxS...
IEC 60721-3-3, class 3M4
EN 61800-2
Vibration during operation
2 ≤ f < 9 Hz 3 mm amplitude
9 ≤ f < 200 Hz 10 m/s² acceleration
Shock during operation 100 m/s2
Table 224: Mechanical conditions during operation (8EIxXx..., 8EI01xHxS...)
8EI0xxHxD..., 8EI04xHxS...
IEC 60721-3-3, class 3M1
EN 61800-2
Vibration during operation
2 ≤ f < 9 Hz 0.3 mm amplitude
9 ≤ f < 200 Hz 1 m/s2 acceleration
Shock during operation 40 m/s2
Table 225: Mechanical conditions during operation (8EI0xxHxD..., 8EI04xHxS...)
3.1.2 Transport
IEC 60721-3-2, class 2M2

EN 61800-2
Vibration during transport 1) 2)
2 ≤ f < 9 Hz 3.5 mm amplitude
Drop height in free fall 1)
Weight <10 kg 0.8 m 3)
Table 226: Mechanical conditions during transport

1) Only valid for components in original packaging.
2) The values in table "Mechanical conditions during operation (8EIxXx..., 8EI01xHxS...) " on page 250 apply to components that are not in their original
packaging.
3) Fall height per EN ISO 4180
3.2 Climate conditions per EN 61800-2
3.2.1 Operation
IEC 60721-3-3, class 3K3

EN 61800-2
Ambient temperature during operation 5 to 55°C
Relative humidity during operation 5 - 85%, non-condensing
Table 227: Climate conditions during operation
3.2.2 Storage
IEC 60721-3-1, class 1K4

EN 61800-2
Storage temperature -25 to +55°C
Table 228: Climate conditions during storage (temperature)

IEC 60721-3-1, class 1K3
EN 61800-2
Relative humidity during storage 5 to 95%, non-condensing
Table 229: Climate conditions during storage (relative humidity)

Standards and certifications • Requirements for immunity to disturbances (EMC)
3.2.3 Transport
IEC 60721-3-2, class 2K3

EN 61800-2
Transport temperature -25 to +70°C
Relative humidity during transport Max. 95% at +40°C
Table 230: Climate conditions during transport
4 Requirements for immunity to disturbances (EMC)

• EN 61800-3 requirements apply.
• For all modules that have certified safety functions, stricter requirements apply for section 4.3 "High-fre-
quency disturbances per EN 61800-3" per IEC 61800-5-2.
4.1 Evaluation criteria (performance criteria)

Performance criteria (PC) Description
A The test object is not interfered with during testing.
B The test object is only interfered with temporarily during testing.
C The system does not reboot itself automatically (reset required).
FS Functional safety - Behavior of test object per EN 61800-5-2, item 6.2.5.3
Table 231: Evaluation criteria (performance criteria) for immunity to disturbances
4.2 Low-frequency disturbances per EN 61800-3
The following limit values are applicable for industrial environments (category C3).
Power mains harmonics and commutation notches / voltage distortions

IEC 61000-2-4, class 3
EN 61800-3 Performance criteria
Harmonics THD = 12% A
Table 232: Limit values for power mains harmonics

IEC 60146-1-1, class B
Commutation notches Depth = 40%, A
Total area = 250% in % degrees
Table 233: Limit values for commutation notches / voltage distortions
Voltage deviations, voltage dips and short-term interruptions

IEC 61000-2-4, class 2
Voltage deviations (>60 s) ±10% A
Table 234: Limit values for voltage deviations

IEC 61000-4-34, class 3 Standards and
certifications
Chapter 7

Remaining volt- Periods
age
Voltage dips 0% 1 C
40% 10/12 1)
70% 25/30 1)
80% 250/300 1)
Short-term interruptions 0% 250/300 1)
Table 235: Limit values for voltage dips and short-term interruptions
1) "x/y periods" means "x periods for 50 Hz test" and "y periods for 60 Hz test".
Voltage unbalance and frequency changes

IEC 61000-2-4, class 3
Voltage unbalance 3% of negative component A
Table 236: Limit values for voltage unbalance

Standards and certifications • Requirements for immunity to disturbances (EMC)
Frequency changes
IEC 61000-2-4
Frequency changes ±2% A
(±4% if the power supply is isolated
from public power supply networks)
Speed of frequency change 1%/s
(2%/s if the power supply is isolated
from public power supply networks)
Table 237: Limit values for frequency changes
4.3 High-frequency disturbances per EN 61800-3
These immunity tests are applicable for industrial environments (category C3).
Electrostatic discharge
Tests performed per EN 61000-4-2
EN 61800-3 Increased immunity to interference
Requirement PC Requirement 1) PC
Contact discharge to powder-coated and bare metal housing 4 kV B 6 kV FS
parts
Discharge through the air to plastic housing parts 8 kV 15 kV
Table 238: Limit values for electrostatic discharge

1) The total number of discharges depends on the required safety integrity level (SIL) and can be taken from IFA (formerly BGIA) publication "EMC and functional
safety for power drive systems" from 2/2012.
Electromagnetic fields
Requirement PC Requirement PC
Housing 80 MHz to 1000 MHz A 80 MHz to 1000 MHz FS
10 V/m 20 V/m
80% amplitude modulation (1 kHz) 80% amplitude modulation (1 kHz)
1.4 GHz to 2.0 GHz 1.4 GHz to 2.0 GHz
3 V/m 10 V/m
2.0 GHz to 2.7 GHz 2.0 GHz to 2.7 GHz
1 V/m 3 V/m
Table 239: Limit values for electromagnetic fields
Burst
Power supply connections 2 kV, 1 min, direct coupling B 4 kV, direct coupling FS
Connections for process measurement, open-loop and closed- 2 kV, 1 min 4 kV
loop process control
Signal interfaces 1 kV, 1 min 2 kV
Table 240: Limit values for burst

1) The duration of exposure depends on the required safety integrity level (SIL) and can be taken from IFA (formerly BGIA) publication "EMC and functional
safety for power drive systems" from 2/2012.
Surge
Power supply connections 1 kV, DM, symmetrical B 2 kV, DM, symmetrical FS
2 kV, CM, asymmetrical 4 kV, CM, asymmetrical
Connections for process measurement, open-loop and closed- 1 kV, CM, asymmetrical 2 kV, CM, asymmetrical
loop process control
Signal interfaces --- 0.5 kV, CM, asymmetrical
Table 241: Limit values for surge

1) The number of pulses depends on the required safety integrity level (SIL) and can be taken from IFA (formerly BGIA) publication "EMC and functional safety
for power drive systems" from 2/2012.

Standards and certifications • Additional environmental limit values per EN 61800-2
High-frequency conducted disturbances

Requirement PC Requirement PC
Power supply connections 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz A 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz FS
Connections for process measurement, open-loop and closed- 10 V 20 V
loop process control 80% amplitude modulation (1 kHz) 80% amplitude modulation (1 kHz)
Signal interfaces
Table 242: Limit values for high-frequency conducted disturbances
5 Requirements for emissions (EMC)

5.1 High-frequency emissions per EN 61800-3
These emission tests are applicable for industrial environments (category C3). 21)
5.1.1 Disturbance voltages on the power mains connection
Test procedure per EN 55011

Continuous current I Frequency band [MHz] Quasi-peak value [dB (µV)] Average value [dB (µV)]
0.15 ≤ f < 0.5 100 90
0.5 ≤ f < 5 86 76
I ≤ 100 A 5 ≤ f < 30 90 80
Decreases with the loga- Decreases with the loga-
rithm of the frequency to 70 rithm of the frequency to 60
0.15 ≤ f < 0.5 130 120
100 A < I 0.5 ≤ f < 5 125 115
5 ≤ f < 30 115 105
Table 243: Limit values for disturbance voltages on power mains connection
5.1.2 Radiated emissions
Test procedure per EN 55011

Frequency band [MHz] Limit values of the quasi-peak value [dB (µV/m)]
30 ≤ f ≤ 230 50 1)
230 < f < 1000 60 1)
Table 244: Limit values for radiated emissions

1) Test distance 10 m.
6 Additional environmental limit values per EN 61800-2
EN 61800-2
Reduction of the continuous current at installation elevations starting at 500 m 10% per 1,000 m
above sea level Standards and
certifications
Chapter 7
Maximum installation elevation 4,000 m 1)
Table 245: Additional environmental limit values

1) Requirements that go beyond this must be arranged with B&R.
21) Limit values from CISPR 11, Group 2, Class A (second environment).

Standards and certifications • Standards and definitions for safety technology
7 International certifications
B&R products and services comply with applicable standards. This includes international standards from organi-
zations such as ISO, IEC and CENELEC, as well as national standards from organizations such as UL, CSA, FCC,
VDE, ÖVE, etc. We are committed to ensuring the reliability of our products in industrial environments.
Certifications
Europe B&R products with this mark satisfy all harmonized EN standards for the applicable guidelines.
USA and Canada B&R products with this mark are tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories and checked quarterly by a UL inspector.
This mark is valid for the USA and Canada and simplifies the certification of your machines and manufacturing systems in this economic
region.
E225616
Table 246: International certifications
8 Standards and definitions for safety technology

Stop functions per EN 60204-1 (Electrical equipment of machines, Part 1: General requirements)
There are three categories of stop functions:
Category Description
0 Stopping by immediate removal of power to the machine actuators (i.e. an uncontrolled stop).
1 A controlled stop with power left available to the machine actuators to allow for stopping. Power is only interrupted when standstill is achieved.
2 A controlled stop with power left available to the machine actuators.
Table 247: Overview of stop function categories
The necessary stop functions must be determined based on a risk assessment of the machine. Category 0 and
category 1 stop functions must be functional regardless of operating mode. A category 0 stop must have priority.
Stop functions must have priority over assigned start functions. Resetting the stop function is not permitted to
trigger a dangerous state.
Emergency stops per IEC 60204-1:2006 (Electrical equipment of machines, Part 1: General requirements)
In addition to the requirements for stop functions, the emergency stop function has the following requirements:
• It shall override all other functions and operations in all modes.
• Power to the machine actuators that can cause a hazardous situation shall be removed as quickly as
possible without creating other hazards.
• A reset is not permitted to initiate a restart.
Emergency stops must be category 0 or category 1 stop functions. The necessary stop function must be determined
based on a risk assessment of the machine.
Performance levels (PL) per EN ISO 13849-1 (Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems,
Part 1: General principles for design)
The safety-related parts of control systems must meet one or more of the requirements for five defined performance
levels. These performance levels define the required behavior of safety-related controller parts with regard to their
resistance to errors.

Performance level Safety integrity Short description System behavior
(per EN ISO 13849-1) level - SIL (per IEC
61508-2)
a --- Safety-related components must be designed and built
in such away that they can meet the expected opera-
tional requirements (no specific safety measures are im-
Caution!
plemented). The occurrence of a fault can lead to the loss
of safety functionality.
b 1 Safety-related components must be designed and built

in such a way that only reliable components and safe-
ty principles are used (e.g. preventing short circuits by
Caution!
using sufficient distances, reducing the probability of er- The occurrence of a fault can lead to the loss
rors by using oversized components, defining the failure of safety functionality.
route, idle current principle, etc.).
c 1 Safety related parts shall be designed so that their safe-
ty functions shall be checked at suitable intervals by
the machine control system. (e.g. automatic or manual
Caution!
check during start-up) An error between checks can cause the loss
of safety functionality. The loss of safety func-
tionality will be detected during the check.
d 2 Safety-related parts shall be designed so that a single

fault does not lead to the loss of the safety function. Indi-
vidual errors should – if possible – be detected the next
Caution!
time (or before) the safety function is required. Safety functionality remains active when an
error occurs. Some but not all errors are de-
tected. A buildup of undetected errors can
cause safety functionality to fail.
e 3 Safety-related parts shall be designed so that a single

fault does not lead to the loss of the safety function. Indi-
vidual errors must be detected the next time (or before)
Information:
the safety function is required. If this type of detection Safety functionality remains active when an
is not possible, a buildup of errors is not permitted to error occurs. Errors are detected in time to
cause safety functionality to fail. prevent safety functionality from failing.
Table 248: Overview of performance levels (PL)
A suitable performance level must be selected separately for each drive system (or for each axis) based on a risk
assessment. This risk assessment is a part of the total risk assessment for the machine.
The following risk graph (per EN ISO 13849-1, appendix A) provides a simplified procedure for risk assessment:
PL r SIL
P1 L
a ---
F1
P2
S1
b
P1
F2
1
P2
1
c
P1
F1
P2
S2
d 2 Standards and
certifications
P1
Chapter 7
F2
P2
e 3
H
Figure 80: Risk diagram for determining the PLr for each safety function per EN ISO 13849-1, appendix A
Legend:
1 Starting point for assessing the impact on risk reduction
L Low contribution to risk reduction
H High contribution to risk reduction
PLr Required performance level
SIL Safety Integrity Level per IEC 61508-2
Risk parameters
S Severity of injury
S1 Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 Serious (normally irreversible injury or death)

F Frequency and/or duration of the exposure to the hazard
F1 Seldom to less often and/or exposure time is short.
F2 Frequent to continuous and/or exposure time is long.
P Possibility of avoiding hazard or limiting harm
P1 Possible under specific conditions
P2 Scarcely possible
The performance level to be used is determined by starting at the specified starting point and taking the risk
parameters S, F and P into consideration.
Restart interlock per EN 1037/04.96 (Safety of machinery - Prevention of unexpected startup)

Keeping a machine in a state of rest while personnel are working in the danger zone is one of the most important
requirements for safely operating machines.
Startup refers to the transition of a machine or its parts from a state of rest to a moving state. A startup is considered
unexpected if caused by one of the following:
• A startup command generated due to controller failure or external influences on the controller.
• A startup command generated due to incorrect operation of a startup control actuator or another part of
the machine.
• Restoration of the power supply after an interruption.
• External/Internal influences on parts of the machine.
To prevent unexpected startup of machines or parts of machines, power should be removed and dissipated. If this
is not practical (e.g. frequent brief interventions in danger zones), other measures must be taken:
• Measures to prevent randomly generated startup commands.
• Measures to prevent randomly generated startup commands from causing unexpected startup.
• Measures to automatically stop the dangerous part of the machine before a dangerous situation can be
caused by unexpected startup.

Appendix A • ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive
Appendix A • Accessories included in delivery
1 ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive

Quan- Position j - ACOPOS P3 model number Number of axes
Figure Name Model number
tity 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D S D T
1 Front cover 8EXA100.0010-00 X X X X X X X
Single-width, height 1, B&R 1X6
orange 2X2
4X5
8X8
1 Front cover 8EXA200.0010-00 X X X X X X X X X

Single-width, height 2, B&R 013 2X2 2X2
orange 017 4X5 4X5
8X8 8X8
1 Front cover 8EXA300.0010-00 X X X X X X X X

Double-width, height 2, 024 017
B&R orange 034 022
044
1 1-row terminal 8TB2104.2210-00 X X X X X X X

5.08 mm, 4-pin, push-in
connection, standard

connection, safety
1 1-row terminal 8TB3102.222C-20 X X X X X X X

connection, standard with
interlock
Appendix A
Appendix A
1 1-row terminal 8TB3106.222B-20 X X X X X X X

7.62 mm, 6-pin, push-in 1X6H 2X2H 2X2H
connection, standard with 2X2H 4X5H 4X5H
interlock 4X5H 8X8H 8X8H
8X8H
013
017
7.62 mm, 6-pin, push-in 1X6M 2X2M 2X2M
connection, standard with 2X2M 4X5M 4X5M
interlock 4X5M 8X8M 8X8M
8X8M
Table 249: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive - Content of delivery


tity 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D S D T
1 1-row terminal 8TB4104.222L-10 X X X X X X
10.16 mm, 4-pin, push-in 024 017
connection, standard 034 022
044
1 1-row terminal 8TB3103.222A-20 X X X X X X X

7.62 mm, 3-pin, push-in 1X6 2X2 2X2
connection, standard with 2X2 4X5 4X5
interlock 4X5 8X8 8X8
8X8
013
017
1 1-row terminal 8TB4103.222A-10 X X X X X X
10.16 mm, 3-pin, push-in 024 017
044

connection, safety

connection, standard with
interlock
1 2-row terminal 8TB3206.222B-40 X X X X X X X

7.62 mm, 6-pin, push-in 1X6H 2X2H 2X2H
connection, standard with 2X2H 4X5H 4X5H
interlock 4X5H 8X8H 8X8H
8X8H
013
017
7.62 mm, 6-pin, push-in 1X6M 2X2M 2X2M
connection, standard with 2X2M 4X5M 4X5M
interlock 4X5M 8X8M 8X8M
8X8M

10.16 mm, 4-pin, screw 024 017
044
X1) Hybrid connector 8TB3308.222A-00 X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 2 3

7.62 mm, 4+4-pin, push-in 1X6 2X2 2X2
connection, standard 2X2 4X5 4X5
4X5 8X8 8X8
8X8 017
013 022
017
1 1-row terminal 8TB4104.224G-10 X X X X 1
10.16 mm, 4-pin, push-in 024
connection, standard 034
044

5.08 mm, 4-pin, push-in 024 017
044
1 1-row terminal 8TB4104.227F-10 X X X X X X

10.16 mm, 4-pin, push-in 024 017
044


tity 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D S D T
1 Safety guidelines MAACPSH-X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
1 Accessory set for ACOPOS --- X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

P3 servo drives 1X6 2X2 2X2
Quan- Details 2X2 4X5 4X5
tity 4X5 8X8 8X8
2 Torx M5x16 4.8 8X8
tinned T25 013
017
1 Torx M4x8 8.8
tinned T20
1 Accessory set for --- X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
ACOPOS P3 servo drives, 024 017
double-width 034 022
Quan- Details 044
tity
4 Torx M5x16 4.8
tinned T25
1 Torx M5x8 8.8
tinned T25

1) The number of connectors depends on the number of axes.
Example for ACOPOS P3 content of delivery

The following model number serves as an example:
8EI8X8HWT10.0 200-1
Number of axes
Position "j"
"2" is listed for position "j"; "T" is listed for position "Number of axes". According to table ACOPOS P3 8EI servo
drive - Content of delivery, the following is included in the accessories:
• 1x 8EXA200.0010-00
• 1x 8TB2104.2210-00
• 1x 8TB2104.2210-50
• 1x 8TB3102.222C-20
• 1x 8TB3106.222B-20
• 1x 8TB3106.223C-20
• 1x 8TB3103.222A-20
• 3x 8TB3308.222A-00
• 1x MAACPSH-X
• 1x accessory set (screws)
Appendix A
Appendix A

Appendix B
Appendix B • UL Markings
• Max. surrounding air temperature is 55°C.

• Use 75°C wires only at 55°C surrounding air temperature.
Use 60°C / 75°C wires only at 40°C surrounding air temperature.
• Use copper conductors only.
• Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5000 rms symmetrical Amperes, 480 Volts
maximum, when protected by:
a) J Class fuses rated maximum as described in table below or

b) A circuit breaker having an interrupting rating not less than 5,000 A rms symmetrical Amperes, 480
Volts maximum, rated maximum as described in table below.
Drive output rating [A] Type of branch circuit protective device Maximum current rating [A]
1X6 Class CC, J fuse 45 A
2X2 Circuit breaker 32 A
4X5
8X8
013
017
017HWD Class CC, J fuse 80 A
022HWD
• ACOPOS P3 may be supplied via common DC bus from listed ACOPOSmulti devices when protected by
R/C (JFHR2) fuse 50 201 06, or 50 118 06, manufactured by Siba (installed in dc+ and dc-).
• Except for models 8EI022HWD, 8EI017HWD: ACOPOS P3 may be supplied via DC bus from listed
ACOPOS P3 devices when protected by J, CC Class fuses or circuit breaker (installed in AC mains).
• Motor overtemperature sensing is not provided by the drive.
• Integral solid state short circuit protection does not provide branch circuit protection. Branch circuit protec-
tion must be provided in accordance with the Manufacturer Instructions, National Electrical Code and any
additional local codes.
• For use in Pollution Degree 2 Environment only, Overvoltage Category III
• Max. altitude:
– max. 4000 m when supplied from wye sources where the max. voltage to ground does not exceed
277 V
– max. 2000 m when supplied from delta sources where the max. voltage to ground exceeds 277 V

Figure index
Figure 1: Mains input voltage - 1x 110 to 230 VAC / 3x 200 to 230 VAC............................................. 70
Figure 2: Mains input voltage - 3x 200 to 480 VAC.............................................................................. 71
Figure index
Figure 10: Mains connection 1x 110 - 230 VAC .................................................................................... 79
Figure 11: Mains connection 3x 200 - 230 VAC..................................................................................... 80
Figure 14: 8B0F0160H000.A00-1, 8B0F0300H000.000-1, 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Pinout overview.....89
Figure 15: 8B0F - Input/Output circuit diagram....................................................................................... 91
Figure 16: Display module 8EAD0000.000-1: Key/Command assignments (example).......................... 99
Figure 17: 8EAD0000.000-1 - Menu structure...................................................................................... 100
Figure 18: Startup screen...................................................................................................................... 101
Figure 19: Main menu............................................................................................................................ 101
Figure 20: Node number - Main menu option....................................................................................... 102
Figure 21: Setting the node number .................................................................................................... 102
Figure 22: ACP10 version - Main menu option..................................................................................... 102
Figure 23: ACP10 version information...................................................................................................103
Figure 24: Drive information - Main menu option..................................................................................103
Figure 25: Submenu - Drive information............................................................................................... 103
Figure 26: Module status....................................................................................................................... 104
Figure 27: Boot status............................................................................................................................104
Figure 28: Drive data - Information........................................................................................................104
Figure 29: Drive data - Hardware information....................................................................................... 105
Figure 30: Encoder information..............................................................................................................106
Figure 31: Onboard encoder information...............................................................................................107
Figure 32: Display information - Main menu option.............................................................................. 107
Figure 33: Display information - Submenu............................................................................................ 107
Figure 34: Hybrid motor cables - Cable diagram.................................................................................. 117
Figure 35: 0.75 mm² ESTB motor cables - Cable diagram...................................................................120
Figure 36: 1.5 mm² - 4 mm² motor cables - Cable diagram................................................................. 125
Figure 37: 10 mm² motor cables - Cable diagram................................................................................ 128
Figure 38: 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables - Cable diagram............................................................................ 131
Figure 39: 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - Cable diagram................................................................................... 134
Figure 40: 8ECR resolver cables - Cable diagram............................................................................... 137
Figure 41: ESTB resolver cables - Cable diagram................................................................................140
Figure 42: Adapter cable 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Cable diagram........................................................... 143
Figure 43: Shield component set 8SCSE01.0100-00 - Installation....................................................... 158
Figure 44: Shield component set 8SCSE01.0300-00 - Installation (servo drive with 66 mm width)...... 160
Figure 45: Shield component set 8SCSE01.0300-00 - Installation (servo drive with 133 mm width).... 161
Figure 46: 8EI1X6xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xWSxx.xxxx-x -
Dimension diagram...............................................................................................................188
Figure 47: 8EI2X2xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI2X2xWTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI4X5xWTxx.xxxx-x /
8EI8X8xWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI8X8xWTxx.xxxx-x / 8EI013HWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI017HWSxx.xxxx-x -
Dimension diagram...............................................................................................................189
Figure 48: 8EI017HWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI022HWDxx.xxxx-x / 8EI024HWSxx.xxxx-x / 8EI034HWSxxxx-xx /
8EI044HWSxx.xxxx-x - Dimension diagram.........................................................................190
Figure 49: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives - Installation dimensions......................................................191
Figure 50: 8EIxXxWxxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI01xHWSxx.xxxx-1 - Permissible mounting orientations............... 192
Figure 51: 8EI0x4HWSxx.xxxx-1 / 8EI0xxHWDxx.xxxx-1 - Permissible mounting orientations............ 193
Figure 52: Filter fans - Function diagram.............................................................................................. 199
Figure 53: Air/Air heat exchangers - Function diagram........................................................................ 200
Figure 54: Air/Water heat exchangers - Function diagram .................................................................. 201
Figure index
Figure 55: Installing a cooling unit on top of the control cabinet...........................................................202

Figure 56: Installing a cooling unit on the front of the control cabinet.................................................. 203
Figure 57: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives - 24 VDC connection...........................................................211
Figure 58: Connecting DC bus circuits on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives - Wiring...............................213
Figure 59: Supplying power to ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives via an ACOPOSmulti drive system -
Wiring.................................................................................................................................... 214
Figure 60: ACOPOS P3 connection for X6 external braking resistor - Circuit diagram.........................219
Figure 61: Thermal equivalent circuit diagram of the external braking resistor.....................................220
Figure 62: Ground and shield connections - Connection diagram........................................................ 224
Figure 63: Shielding for power cable / braking resistor connection wiring on the ACOPOS P3 8EI servo
drive...................................................................................................................................... 225
Figure 64: Male RJ45 connector - Grounding the cable shield.............................................................225
Figure 65: 8TB locking elements (example)..........................................................................................227
Figure 66: Inserting 8TB push-in terminal blocks..................................................................................227
Figure 67: Unlocking and removing 8TB push-in terminal blocks......................................................... 227
Figure 68: Mini I/O connector................................................................................................................ 228
Figure 69: Unlocking the mini I/O connector......................................................................................... 228
Figure 70: Block diagram for safe pulse disabling................................................................................ 230
Figure 71: STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A).......................................................................... 232
Figure 72: STO, category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B).......................................................................... 234
Figure 73: STO, category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d............................................................................................235
Figure 74: STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e............................................................. 236
Figure 75: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant A)............................................. 238
Figure 76: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 4 / SIL 3 / PL e (variant B)............................................. 240
Figure 77: STO, SLS, SOS - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d............................................................. 243
Figure 78: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant A)............................................. 244
Figure 79: SS1, SLS, SS2 - Safety category 3 / SIL 2 / PL d (variant B)............................................. 246
Figure 80: Risk diagram for determining the PLr for each safety function per EN ISO 13849-1, appendix
A............................................................................................................................................255

Table index
Table 1: Manual history..............................................................................................................................11

Table 2: Description of the safety notices used in this documentation..................................................... 12
Table 3: Environmentally friendly separation of materials ........................................................................15
Table 4: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive - Order key................................................................................... 17
Table 5: Continuous current (ccc)..............................................................................................................17
Table 6: Plug-in modules (i).......................................................................................................................17
Table 7: 8EI servo drives - Status indicators............................................................................................ 19
Table 8: LED state during startup..............................................................................................................19
Table index
Table 9: POWERLINK - LED status indicators..........................................................................................19
Table 10: Ax1/Ax2/Ax3 - LED status indicators...........................................................................................20
Table 11: Supported encoder types.............................................................................................................20
Table 12: 8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWS10.XXXX-1,
8EI8X8MWS10.XXXX-1 - Order data..........................................................................................22
Table 13: Terminal blocks - Model numbers............................................................................................... 22
Table 14: 8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2MWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWS10.XXXX-1,
8EI8X8MWS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data....................................................................................23
Table 15: 8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8H-
WS10.XXXX-1 - Order data.........................................................................................................28
Table 17: 8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI2X2HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8H-
WS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data.................................................................................................. 29
Table 18: 8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI017HWS10.XXXX-1 - Order data................................................... 34
Table 20: 8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI017HWS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data............................................. 35
Table 21: 8EI024HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI034HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI044HWS10.XXXX-1 - Order data............ 39
Table 23: 8EI024HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI034HWS10.XXXX-1, 8EI044HWS10.XXXX-1 - Technical data...... 39
Table 24: 8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWD10.XXXX-1 - Order data......... 44
Table 26: 8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWD10.XXXX-1 - Technical data... 45
Table 27: 8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWD10.XXXX-1 - Order data.......... 49
Table 29: 8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWD10.XXXX-1 - Technical data.... 49
Table 30: 8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1 - Order data...................................................54
Table 32: 8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1, 8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1 - Technical data.............................................55
Table 33: 8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWT10.XXXX-1 - Order data.......... 59
Table 35: 8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5MWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8MWT10.XXXX-1 - Technical data.... 60
Table 36: 8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWT10.XXXX-1 - Order data........... 65
Table 38: 8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI4X5HWT10.XXXX-1, 8EI8X8HWT10.XXXX-1 - Technical data..... 65
Table 39: Connector X1 - Pinout................................................................................................................. 79
Table 43: X3A, X3B connectors - Pinout.....................................................................................................82
Table 44: Connector X4x - Pinout............................................................................................................... 83
Table 45: Connectors X51, X52, X53 - Pinout............................................................................................ 83
Table 46: Connector X51A - Pinout.............................................................................................................83
Table 47: Connector X51B - Pinout.............................................................................................................84
Table 52: Connector X11 - Pinout............................................................................................................... 85
Table 53: 8B0F0160H000.A00-1, 8B0F0300H000.000-1, 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Order data.................. 87
Table 54: 8B0F0160H000.A00-1, 8B0F0300H000.000-1, 8B0F0550H000.000-1 - Technical data............ 87
Table index

Table 61: Protective ground connection (PE) 8B0F.................................................................................... 91
Table 62: 8EAC0122.001-1 - Order data.....................................................................................................92
Table 63: 8EAC0122.001-1 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 92
Table 64: Resolver interface 8EAC0122.001-1 - Pinout............................................................................. 93
Table 65: 8EAC0122.003-1 - Order data.....................................................................................................95
Table 66: 8EAC0122.003-1 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 95
Table 67: Resolver interface 8EAC0122.003-1 - Pinout............................................................................. 97
Table 68: 8EAD0000.000-1 - Order data.....................................................................................................98
Table 69: 8EAD0000.000-1 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 98
Table 70: Command functions..................................................................................................................... 99
Table 71: Descriptions of values................................................................................................................101
Table 72: Main menu - Menu options........................................................................................................101
Table 73: Command functions................................................................................................................... 103
Table 74: Command function..................................................................................................................... 103
Table 81: Axis n information - Main menu option..................................................................................... 105
Table 83: Axis n information - Submenu................................................................................................... 105
Table 85: Axis errors.................................................................................................................................. 106
Table 91: 8ECH0005.1111A-0, 8ECH0007.1111A-0, 8ECH0010.1111A-0, 8ECH0015.1111A-0,
8ECH0020.1111A-0, 8ECH0025.1111A-0 - Order data............................................................. 113
8ECH0020.1111A-0, 8ECH0025.1111A-0 - Technical data....................................................... 113
8ECH0020.1312A-0, 8ECH0025.1312A-0 - Order data............................................................ 115
8ECH0020.1312A-0, 8ECH0025.1312A-0 - Technical data......................................................115
Table 95: Hybrid motor cables - Cable construction................................................................................. 116
Table 96: Hybrid motor cables - Pinout.....................................................................................................117
Table 97: 8ECM0005.1031C-0, 8ECM0007.1031C-0, 8ECM0010.1031C-0, 8ECM0015.1031C-0,
8ECM0020.1031C-0, 8ECM0025.1031C-0 - Order data...........................................................118
8ECM0020.1031C-0, 8ECM0025.1031C-0 - Technical data.....................................................118
Table 99: 0.75 mm² motor cables - Cable construction............................................................................ 119
Table 100: 0.75 mm² motor cables - Pinout................................................................................................119
8ECM0020.1111C-0, 8ECM0025.1111C-0 - Order data............................................................ 121
8ECM0020.1111C-0, 8ECM0025.1111C-0 - Technical data...................................................... 121

Table index

Table 105: 1.5 mm² - 4 mm² motor cables - Construction.......................................................................... 124
Table 106: 1.5 mm² - 4 mm² motor cables - Pinout....................................................................................124
Table 109: 10 mm² motor cables - Cable construction............................................................................... 127
Table index
Table 110: 10 mm² motor cables - Pinout...................................................................................................127
Table 111: 8ECF0005.1221C-0, 8ECF0007.1221C-0, 8ECF0010.1221C-0, 8ECF0015.1221C-0,
8ECF0020.1221C-0, 8ECF0025.1221C-0 - Order data............................................................ 129
8ECF0020.1221C-0, 8ECF0025.1221C-0 - Technical data...................................................... 129
Table 113: 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables - Construction..................................................................................... 130
Table 114: 8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables - Pinout............................................................................................... 130
8ECF0020.1231C-0, 8ECF0025.1231C-0 - Order data............................................................ 132
8ECF0020.1231C-0, 8ECF0025.1231C-0 - Technical data...................................................... 132
Table 117: 8ECFxxxx.1231C-0 - Cable construction.................................................................................. 133
Table 118: M12 circular connector - Pinout................................................................................................ 133
Table 119: 8ECR0005.1111C-0, 8ECR0007.1111C-0, 8ECR0010.1111C-0, 8ECR0015.1111C-0,
8ECR0020.1111C-0, 8ECR0025.1111C-0 - Order data............................................................. 135
8ECR0020.1111C-0, 8ECR0025.1111C-0 - Technical data....................................................... 135
Table 121: 8ECR resolver cables - Construction........................................................................................ 136
Table 122: 8ECR resolver cables - Pinout.................................................................................................. 136
8ECR0020.1121C-0, 8ECR0025.1121C-0 - Order data............................................................ 138
8ECR0020.1121C-0, 8ECR0025.1121C-0 - Technical data......................................................138
Table 125: ESTB resolver cables - Cable construction...............................................................................139
Table 126: ESTB resolver cables - Pinout.................................................................................................. 139
Table 127: 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Order data..............................................................................................141
Table 128: 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Technical data........................................................................................141
Table 129: Adapter cable 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Cable construction.......................................................... 142
Table 130: Adapter cable 8ECF00X4.1241C-0 - Pinout............................................................................. 142
Table 131: 8BCM0005.11140-0, 8BCM0007.11140-0, 8BCM0010.11140-0, 8BCM0015.11140-0,
8BCM0020.11140-0, 8BCM0025.11140-0 - Order data............................................................. 144
8BCM0020.11140-0, 8BCM0025.11140-0 - Technical data.......................................................144
8BCM0020.13140-0, 8BCM0025.13140-0 - Order data............................................................146
8BCM0020.13140-0, 8BCM0025.13140-0 - Technical data......................................................146
Table 135: 8ECH0005.11140-0, 8ECH0007.11140-0, 8ECH0010.11140-0, 8ECH0015.11140-0,
8ECH0020.11140-0, 8ECH0025.11140-0 - Order data..............................................................148
8ECH0020.11140-0, 8ECH0025.11140-0 - Technical data........................................................148
8ECH0020.13140-0, 8ECH0025.13140-0 - Order data.............................................................150
8ECH0020.13140-0, 8ECH0025.13140-0 - Technical data.......................................................150
Table 139: 8BCF0005.12230-0, 8BCF0007.12230-0, 8BCF0010.12230-0, 8BCF0015.12230-0,
8BCF0020.12230-0, 8BCF0025.12230-0 - Order data............................................................. 152
Table 140: 8BCF0005.12230-0, 8BCF0007.12230-0, 8BCF0010.12230-0, 8BCF0015.12230-0,
8BCF0020.12230-0, 8BCF0025.12230-0 - Technical data....................................................... 152

Table index
Table 141: 8BCR0005.11120-0, 8BCR0007.11120-0, 8BCR0010.11120-0, 8BCR0015.11120-0,

8BCR0020.11120-0, 8BCR0025.11120-0 - Order data..............................................................154
8BCR0020.11120-0, 8BCR0025.11120-0 - Technical data........................................................154
8BCR0020.11230-0, 8BCR0025.11230-0 - Order data............................................................. 156
8BCR0020.11230-0, 8BCR0025.11230-0 - Technical data....................................................... 156
Table 145: 8SCSE01.0100-00 - Order data................................................................................................ 158
Table 146: 8SCSE01.0100-00 - Technical data.......................................................................................... 158
Table 149: Shield component set 8SCSE001.0200-00 - Installation.......................................................... 159
Table 156: 8EXA100.0010-00 - Order data.................................................................................................163
Table 157: 8EXA100.0010-00 - Technical data...........................................................................................163
Table 168: 8TB3106.222B-20 - Order data................................................................................................. 169
Table 169: 8TB3106.222B-20 - Technical data...........................................................................................169
Table 170: 8TB3106.223C-20 - Order data.................................................................................................170
Table 171: 8TB3106.223C-20 - Technical data...........................................................................................170
Table 172: 8TB3206.222B-40 - Order data................................................................................................. 171
Table 173: 8TB3206.222B-40 - Technical data...........................................................................................171
Table 176: 8TB4104.222L-10 - Order data................................................................................................. 173
Table 177: 8TB4104.222L-10 - Technical data........................................................................................... 173
Table 184: 8TB3308.222A-00 - Order data................................................................................................. 177
Table 185: 8TB3308.222A-00 - Technical data...........................................................................................177
Table 186: 8TB4104.224G-10 - Order data.................................................................................................178
Table 187: 8TB4104.224G-10 - Technical data.......................................................................................... 178
Table 194: 8TB2104.2210-50 - Order data................................................................................................. 182
Table index
Table 195: 8TB2104.2210-50 - Technical data........................................................................................... 182

Table 200: 8TB4104.227F-10 - Order data................................................................................................. 185
Table 201: 8TB4104.227F-10 - Technical data........................................................................................... 185
Table 202: 8EXC000.0022-00 - Order data.................................................................................................186
Table index
Table 203: 8EXC000.0022-00 - Technical data.......................................................................................... 186
Table 204: 8EAC plug-in module - Removing the connector cover............................................................ 195
Table 205: Mains voltage ranges for ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.......................................................... 206
Table 206: Mains connection for 8EIxxxHxxxx.xxxx-1 - Design..................................................................206
Table 207: Mains connection for 8EIxxxMxxxx.xxxx-1 - Design................................................................. 207
Table 208: Current load IMains depending on the mains input voltage..........................................................207
Table 209: Constant k.................................................................................................................................. 208
Table 210: Current-carrying capacity of PVC insulated three-phase cables or individual wires .................209
Table 211: Maximum permissible fuse for the mains connection............................................................... 209
Table 212: Selecting the cross section of the protective ground conductor................................................210
Table 213: Condition for protective ground connection depending on the ACOPOS P3 servo drive.......... 210
Table 214: DC bus capacitance of ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives............................................................. 215
Table 215: ACOPOS P3 X51 motor connection - Circuit diagram.............................................................. 216
Table 216: Current-carrying capacity of specially insulated three-phase cables ........................................216
Table 217: Current-carrying capacity of PVC-insulated three-phase cables ..............................................217
Table 218: ParIDs for configuring external braking resistors...................................................................... 220
Table 219: Formula symbols used...............................................................................................................221
Table 220: Safety classifications, criteria and characteristics for safe pulse disabling................................229
Table 221: Overview of safety functions according to standards................................................................229
Table 222: List of possible fault events....................................................................................................... 233
Table 223: Applicable standards..................................................................................................................249
Table 224: Mechanical conditions during operation (8EIxXx..., 8EI01xHxS...) .......................................... 250
Table 225: Mechanical conditions during operation (8EI0xxHxD..., 8EI04xHxS...)..................................... 250
Table 226: Mechanical conditions during transport..................................................................................... 250
Table 227: Climate conditions during operation.......................................................................................... 250
Table 228: Climate conditions during storage (temperature)...................................................................... 250
Table 229: Climate conditions during storage (relative humidity)................................................................250
Table 230: Climate conditions during transport........................................................................................... 251
Table 231: Evaluation criteria (performance criteria) for immunity to disturbances.....................................251
Table 232: Limit values for power mains harmonics................................................................................... 251
Table 233: Limit values for commutation notches / voltage distortions.......................................................251
Table 234: Limit values for voltage deviations............................................................................................ 251
Table 235: Limit values for voltage dips and short-term interruptions.........................................................251
Table 236: Limit values for voltage unbalance............................................................................................ 251
Table 237: Limit values for frequency changes...........................................................................................252
Table 238: Limit values for electrostatic discharge..................................................................................... 252
Table 239: Limit values for electromagnetic fields...................................................................................... 252
Table 240: Limit values for burst................................................................................................................. 252
Table 241: Limit values for surge................................................................................................................ 252
Table 242: Limit values for high-frequency conducted disturbances.......................................................... 253
Table 243: Limit values for disturbance voltages on power mains connection........................................... 253
Table 244: Limit values for radiated emissions........................................................................................... 253
Table 245: Additional environmental limit values........................................................................................ 253
Table 246: International certifications.......................................................................................................... 254
Table 247: Overview of stop function categories........................................................................................ 254
Table 248: Overview of performance levels (PL)........................................................................................ 255
Table 249: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive - Content of delivery...................................................................257

Index
3
3-phase industrial power systems........................................................................................................................ 12
8
8B0F passive line filters
Wiring............................................................................................................................................................... 89
A
Abort command (example code)................................................................................................................ 242, 248
Accident prevention regulations........................................................................................................................... 12
Air/Air heat exchangers...................................................................................................................................... 200
Function diagram........................................................................................................................................... 200
Air/Water heat exchangers................................................................................................................................. 201
Arrangement of cooling units............................................................................................................................. 202
Attachment cable for external braking resistor.................................................................................................. 225
B
Braking resistors................................................................................................................................................. 218
C
Cable connection
Via RJ45 connector....................................................................................................................................... 225
Cable diagram
8BCM motor cables....................................................................................................................................... 125
8BCR resolver cable..................................................................................................................................... 137
8ECF EnDat 2.2 cables................................................................................................................................ 131
Cable shields...................................................................................................................................................... 223
Calculating characteristic values.......................................................................................................................... 15
Certifications....................................................................................................................................................... 254
Characteristic values............................................................................................................................................ 15
Climate conditions
During operation............................................................................................................................................ 250
Condensation...................................................................................................................................................... 202
Configuring external braking resistors................................................................................................................ 219
Connecting external braking resistors................................................................................................................ 219
Contact between front plate and ground potential............................................................................................. 225
Cooling systems................................................................................................................................................. 199
Cooling systems in control cabinets.................................................................................................................. 199
Criteria for safe pulse disabling......................................................................................................................... 229
Current-carrying capacity of PVC-insulated three-phase cables............................................................... 209, 217
Current-carrying capacity of specially insulated three-phase cables................................................................. 216
D
DC bus connectors............................................................................................................................................. 212
Design
Motor connection........................................................................................................................................... 216
Determining the cross section of the mains power input................................................................................... 208
Determining the current load.............................................................................................................................. 207
Dimensioning
Braking resistors............................................................................................................................................ 218
Fuse............................................................................................................................................................... 207
Line contactor................................................................................................................................................ 209
Mains power inputs....................................................................................................................................... 207
Motor connection........................................................................................................................................... 216

Index
Dimensioning the motor cable cross section..................................................................................................... 216

Directives............................................................................................................................................................ 249
Disposal................................................................................................................................................................ 15
E
EMC-compatible installation............................................................................................................................... 223
Emergency stops................................................................................................................................................ 254
Encoder cable..................................................................................................................................................... 226
Environmental limit values.................................................................................................................................. 250
Index
Environmentally friendly disposal......................................................................................................................... 15
Environmentally friendly separation of materials................................................................................................. 15
ESD....................................................................................................................................................................... 13
ESD protective measures..................................................................................................................................... 13
E-stop buttons...................................................................................................................................................... 15
European directives............................................................................................................................................ 249
Evaluation criteria for immunity to disturbances................................................................................................ 251
F
Filter fans
Firmware for plug-in modules........................................................................................................................ 94, 97
Forward movement............................................................................................................................................. 231
Functional safety................................................................................................................................................... 15
Function diagram
Filter fans....................................................................................................................................................... 199
Fuse.................................................................................................................................................................... 207
Fuse for the mains connection........................................................................................................................... 207
G
Ground and shield connections - Connection diagram...................................................................................... 224
Ground connections.............................................................................................................................................. 14
Grounding cable shields..................................................................................................................................... 225
Grounding clamps............................................................................................................................................... 225
Grounding plate.................................................................................................................................................. 225
Grounding the motor cable on ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drives.......................................................................... 225
Ground potential (PE rail).................................................................................................................................... 14
Guidelines for ESD handling................................................................................................................................ 13
H
Handling................................................................................................................................................................ 13
Hanging loads..................................................................................................................................................... 231
Hardwired safety technology.............................................................................................................................. 229
Hazards................................................................................................................................................................. 12
Holding brake..................................................................................................................................................... 231
I
IGBT drivers........................................................................................................................................................ 230
Improperly sealed control cabinet...................................................................................................................... 199
Increased discharge current............................................................................................................................... 210
Inductive switching elements.............................................................................................................................. 223
Input/Output circuit diagram
Passive line filter - 8B0F................................................................................................................................. 91
Installation..................................................................................................................................................... 13, 223
Air/Air heat exchangers................................................................................................................................. 200
Air/Air heat exchangers behind mounting plates.......................................................................................... 200
Air/Water heat exchangers............................................................................................................................ 201

Index
Air/Water heat exchangers behind mounting plates..................................................................................... 201

Second protective ground conductor............................................................................................................ 210
Interference suppressor...................................................................................................................................... 223
Internal monitoring................................................................................................................................................ 15
IT power system................................................................................................................................................. 205
L
Limit values
Disturbance voltages on the power mains connection................................................................................. 253
Radiated emissions....................................................................................................................................... 253
Line shielding...................................................................................................................................................... 223
List of possible fault events................................................................................................................................ 233
M
Machine guidelines............................................................................................................................................... 12
Machine startup.................................................................................................................................................. 256
Manual history...................................................................................................................................................... 11
Matching transformer.......................................................................................................................................... 206
Mechanical conditions
During operation............................................................................................................................................ 250
During transport............................................................................................................................................. 250
Mission time.......................................................................................................................................................... 15
Module fastening screw...................................................................................................................................... 225
Motor connection................................................................................................................................................ 216
Motor line............................................................................................................................................................ 225
Multiple errors in the IGBT bridge...................................................................................................................... 231
N
Natural convection.............................................................................................................................................. 199
Network configurations
IT power system............................................................................................................................................ 205
TN power system.......................................................................................................................................... 205
TN-S power system....................................................................................................................................... 205
TT power system........................................................................................................................................... 205
O
Operation...................................................................................................................................................... 14, 250
Operation with the control cabinet doors open.................................................................................................. 202
P
Packaging............................................................................................................................................................. 13
Passive line filter - 8B0F
Input/Output circuit diagram............................................................................................................................ 91
Performance criteria for immunity to disturbances............................................................................................ 251
Performance levels (PL)..................................................................................................................................... 254
Permanent magnet synchronous motors........................................................................................................... 231
Pinouts
8B0F line filters............................................................................................................................................... 89
8BCF EnDat 2.2 cables................................................................................................................................ 130
8BCM motor cables....................................................................................................................................... 124
Plug-in modules
Firmware.................................................................................................................................................... 94, 97
Plug-in modules - Pinout
8EAC0122.001-1............................................................................................................................................. 93
8EAC0122.003-1............................................................................................................................................. 97

Index
Plug-in modules - Wiring

8EAC0122.001-1............................................................................................................................................. 93
8EAC0122.003-1............................................................................................................................................. 97
Possible fault events.......................................................................................................................................... 233
POWERLINK network cabling.................................................................................................................... 225, 225
Proof test interval................................................................................................................................................. 15
Proper ESD handling............................................................................................................................................ 13
Protective equipment............................................................................................................................................ 13
Protective ground conductor (PE)...................................................................................................................... 225
Protective ground connection (PE).................................................................................................................... 210
Index
Pulse pattern...................................................................................................................................................... 230
Q
Qualified personnel............................................................................................................................................... 12
R
Rated current of the fuse................................................................................................................................... 207
Rated current of the line contactor.................................................................................................................... 209
Restart interlock.................................................................................................................................................. 256
Risk assessment................................................................................................................................................. 255
Risk graph.......................................................................................................................................................... 255
Risk parameters.................................................................................................................................................. 255
RMS value of the motor current........................................................................................................................ 216
S
Safe pulse disabling........................................................................................................................................... 229
Safety characteristics for safe pulse disabling................................................................................................... 229
Safety classifications.......................................................................................................................................... 229
Safety features...................................................................................................................................................... 15
Safety functions
According to the standard............................................................................................................................. 229
Secure restart interlock........................................................................................ 237, 239, 241, 243, 245, 247
SLS....................................................................................................................... 237, 239, 241, 243, 245, 247
SOS....................................................................................................................................................... 237, 243
SS1....................................................................................................................................... 239, 241, 245, 247
SS2....................................................................................................................................... 239, 241, 245, 247
STO.............................................................................................................................. 232, 234, 235, 237, 243
Safety functions that can be implemented......................................................................................................... 229
Safety guidelines............................................................................................................................................ 12, 14
Safety integrity level - SIL.................................................................................................................................. 255
Safety-related parts of a control system............................................................................................................ 254
Second protective ground connection................................................................................................................ 225
Selection
Protective ground conductor......................................................................................................................... 210
Suitable fuse.................................................................................................................................................. 207
Setting the temperature of cooling units............................................................................................................ 202
Shield clamps..................................................................................................................................................... 223
Shield connections.............................................................................................................................................. 224
Shielded cables.......................................................................................................................................... 223, 223
Short circuit between two wires......................................................................................................................... 232
Stop function categories..................................................................................................................................... 254
Stop functions..................................................................................................................................................... 254
Storage......................................................................................................................................................... 13, 250
Synchronous motors, permanent magnet.......................................................................................................... 231
T
Thermal equivalent circuit diagram.................................................................................................................... 220
Thermal equivalent RMS value for the motor current........................................................................................ 216
Index
Three-phase induction motors............................................................................................................................ 231

Three-phase industrial power systems.............................................................................................................. 205
TN power system....................................................................................................................................... 205, 205
TN system............................................................................................................................................................ 12
Transport...................................................................................................................................................... 13, 251
Trigger inputs...................................................................................................................................................... 225
TT power system................................................................................................................................................ 205
W
Wire cross section - Protective ground conductor............................................................................................. 210
Wiring
8B0F passive line filters.................................................................................................................................. 89
8BCF EnDat 2.2 cables................................................................................................................................ 130
8BCM motor cables....................................................................................................................................... 124
General information....................................................................................................................................... 223

Model number index
8B0F0160H000.A00-1............................................................................................................................................87
8B0F0300H000.000-1............................................................................................................................................ 87
8B0F0550H000.000-1............................................................................................................................................ 87
8BCF0005.12230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 152
8BCF0007.12230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 152
8BCF0010.12230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 152
8BCF0015.12230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 152
8BCF0020.12230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 152
Model number index

8BCF0025.12230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 152
8BCM0005.11140-0..............................................................................................................................................144
8BCM0005.13140-0............................................................................................................................................. 146
8BCM0007.11140-0..............................................................................................................................................144
8BCM0007.13140-0............................................................................................................................................. 146
8BCM0010.11140-0..............................................................................................................................................144
8BCM0010.13140-0............................................................................................................................................. 146
8BCM0015.11140-0..............................................................................................................................................144
8BCM0015.13140-0............................................................................................................................................. 146
8BCM0020.11140-0..............................................................................................................................................144
8BCM0020.13140-0............................................................................................................................................. 146
8BCM0025.11140-0..............................................................................................................................................144
8BCM0025.13140-0............................................................................................................................................. 146
8BCR0005.11120-0.............................................................................................................................................. 154
8BCR0005.11230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 156
8BCR0007.11120-0.............................................................................................................................................. 154
8BCR0007.11230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 156
8BCR0010.11120-0.............................................................................................................................................. 154
8BCR0010.11230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 156
8BCR0015.11120-0.............................................................................................................................................. 154
8BCR0015.11230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 156
8BCR0020.11120-0.............................................................................................................................................. 154
8BCR0020.11230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 156
8BCR0025.11120-0.............................................................................................................................................. 154
8BCR0025.11230-0.............................................................................................................................................. 156
8EAC0122.001-1.................................................................................................................................................... 92
8EAC0122.003-1.................................................................................................................................................... 95
8EAD0000.000-1.................................................................................................................................................... 98
8ECF0005.1221C-0............................................................................................................................................. 129
8ECF0005.1231C-0............................................................................................................................................. 132
8ECF0007.1221C-0............................................................................................................................................. 129
8ECF0007.1231C-0............................................................................................................................................. 132
8ECF0010.1221C-0............................................................................................................................................. 129
8ECF0010.1231C-0............................................................................................................................................. 132
8ECF0015.1221C-0............................................................................................................................................. 129
8ECF0015.1231C-0............................................................................................................................................. 132
8ECF0020.1221C-0............................................................................................................................................. 129
8ECF0020.1231C-0............................................................................................................................................. 132
8ECF0025.1221C-0............................................................................................................................................. 129
8ECF0025.1231C-0............................................................................................................................................. 132
8ECF00X4.1241C-0............................................................................................................................................. 141
8ECH0005.1111A-0.............................................................................................................................................. 113
8ECH0005.11140-0.............................................................................................................................................. 148
8ECH0005.1312A-0............................................................................................................................................. 115
8ECH0005.13140-0..............................................................................................................................................150
8ECH0007.1111A-0.............................................................................................................................................. 113
8ECH0007.11140-0.............................................................................................................................................. 148
8ECH0007.1312A-0............................................................................................................................................. 115
8ECH0007.13140-0..............................................................................................................................................150
8ECH0010.1111A-0.............................................................................................................................................. 113
8ECH0010.11140-0.............................................................................................................................................. 148
8ECH0010.1312A-0............................................................................................................................................. 115
8ECH0010.13140-0..............................................................................................................................................150
8ECH0015.1111A-0.............................................................................................................................................. 113

Model number index
8ECH0015.11140-0.............................................................................................................................................. 148
8ECH0015.1312A-0............................................................................................................................................. 115
8ECH0015.13140-0..............................................................................................................................................150
8ECH0020.1111A-0.............................................................................................................................................. 113
8ECH0020.11140-0.............................................................................................................................................. 148
8ECH0020.1312A-0............................................................................................................................................. 115
8ECH0020.13140-0..............................................................................................................................................150
8ECH0025.1111A-0.............................................................................................................................................. 113
8ECH0025.11140-0.............................................................................................................................................. 148
8ECH0025.1312A-0............................................................................................................................................. 115
8ECH0025.13140-0..............................................................................................................................................150
8ECM0005.1031C-0.............................................................................................................................................118
8ECM0005.1111C-0............................................................................................................................................. 121
8ECM0005.1312C-0.............................................................................................................................................123
8ECM0005.1523C-0.............................................................................................................................................126
8ECM0007.1031C-0.............................................................................................................................................118
8ECM0007.1111C-0............................................................................................................................................. 121
8ECM0007.1312C-0.............................................................................................................................................123
8ECM0007.1523C-0.............................................................................................................................................126
8ECM0010.1031C-0.............................................................................................................................................118
8ECM0010.1111C-0............................................................................................................................................. 121
8ECM0010.1312C-0.............................................................................................................................................123
8ECM0010.1523C-0.............................................................................................................................................126
8ECM0015.1031C-0.............................................................................................................................................118
8ECM0015.1111C-0............................................................................................................................................. 121
8ECM0015.1312C-0.............................................................................................................................................123
8ECM0015.1523C-0.............................................................................................................................................126
8ECM0020.1031C-0.............................................................................................................................................118
8ECM0020.1111C-0............................................................................................................................................. 121
8ECM0020.1312C-0.............................................................................................................................................123
8ECM0020.1523C-0.............................................................................................................................................126
8ECM0025.1031C-0.............................................................................................................................................118
8ECM0025.1111C-0............................................................................................................................................. 121
8ECM0025.1312C-0.............................................................................................................................................123
8ECM0025.1523C-0.............................................................................................................................................126
8ECR0005.1111C-0.............................................................................................................................................. 135
8ECR0005.1121C-0............................................................................................................................................. 138
8ECR0007.1111C-0.............................................................................................................................................. 135
8ECR0007.1121C-0............................................................................................................................................. 138
8ECR0010.1111C-0.............................................................................................................................................. 135
8ECR0010.1121C-0............................................................................................................................................. 138
8ECR0015.1111C-0.............................................................................................................................................. 135
8ECR0015.1121C-0............................................................................................................................................. 138
8ECR0020.1111C-0.............................................................................................................................................. 135
8ECR0020.1121C-0............................................................................................................................................. 138
8ECR0025.1111C-0.............................................................................................................................................. 135
8ECR0025.1121C-0............................................................................................................................................. 138
8EI013HWS10.XXXX-1.......................................................................................................................................... 34
8EI017HWD10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................54
8EI017HWS10.XXXX-1.......................................................................................................................................... 34
8EI022HWD10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................54
8EI024HWS10.XXXX-1.......................................................................................................................................... 39
8EI034HWS10.XXXX-1.......................................................................................................................................... 39
8EI044HWS10.XXXX-1.......................................................................................................................................... 39
8EI1X6HWS10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................28
8EI1X6MWS10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 22
8EI2X2HWD10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 49
8EI2X2HWS10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................28
8EI2X2HWT10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................65
8EI2X2MWD10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 44
8EI2X2MWS10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 22
8EI2X2MWT10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 59

Model number index
8EI4X5HWD10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 49
8EI4X5HWS10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................28
8EI4X5HWT10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................65
8EI4X5MWD10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 44
8EI4X5MWS10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 22
8EI4X5MWT10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 59
8EI8X8HWD10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 49
8EI8X8HWS10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................28
Model number index

8EI8X8HWT10.XXXX-1..........................................................................................................................................65
8EI8X8MWD10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 44
8EI8X8MWS10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 22
8EI8X8MWT10.XXXX-1......................................................................................................................................... 59
8EXA100.0010-00................................................................................................................................................ 163
8EXA100.0020-00................................................................................................................................................ 164
8EXA200.0010-00................................................................................................................................................ 165
8EXA200.0020-00................................................................................................................................................ 166
8EXA300.0010-00................................................................................................................................................ 167
8EXA300.0020-00................................................................................................................................................ 168
8EXC000.0022-00................................................................................................................................................ 186
8SCSE01.0100-00............................................................................................................................................... 158
8SCSE01.0200-00............................................................................................................................................... 159
8SCSE01.0300-00............................................................................................................................................... 160
8SCSE02.0100-00............................................................................................................................................... 161
8SCSE02.0200-00............................................................................................................................................... 162
8TB2104.2210-00.................................................................................................................................................184
8TB2104.2210-50.................................................................................................................................................182
8TB2104.223L-00.................................................................................................................................................179
8TB2204.2210-50.................................................................................................................................................183
8TB3102.222C-20................................................................................................................................................ 175
8TB3103.222A-20................................................................................................................................................ 180
8TB3106.222B-20................................................................................................................................................ 169
8TB3106.223C-20................................................................................................................................................ 170
8TB3202.222C-40................................................................................................................................................ 176
8TB3206.222B-40................................................................................................................................................ 171
8TB3206.223C-40................................................................................................................................................ 172
8TB3308.222A-00................................................................................................................................................ 177
8TB4103.222A-10................................................................................................................................................ 181
8TB4104.222L-10.................................................................................................................................................173
8TB4104.224G-10................................................................................................................................................ 178
8TB4104.227F-10.................................................................................................................................................185
8TB4204.202L-10.................................................................................................................................................174

Acopos P3: User's Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Acopos P3: User's Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Acopos P3: User's Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACOPOS P3

Version: 1.10 (November 2017)

Translation of the original manual

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 1

Chapter 2: Technical data

Chapter 6: Safety technology

Chapter 7: Standards and certifications

Appendix A: Accessories included in delivery

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 3

4 ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 5

Chapter 1 General information................................................................................. 11

Chapter 2 Technical data.......................................................................................... 17

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 7

3.1 8B0F passive line filters............................................................................................................................. 87

Chapter 4 Dimensioning.......................................................................................... 205

8 ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

Chapter 5 Wiring...................................................................................................... 223

Chapter 6 Safety technology.................................................................................. 229

Chapter 7 Standards and certifications................................................................. 249

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 9

3 Environmental limit values............................................................................................................................. 250

Appendix A Accessories included in delivery...................................................... 257

Appendix B UL Markings........................................................................................ 260

10 ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

Table 1: Manual history

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 11

Safety notices in this manual are organized as follows:

Table 2: Description of the safety notices used in this documentation

2.2 General information

2.3 Intended use

12 ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

2.4 Protection against electrostatic discharge

2.4.2 Guidelines for proper ESD handling

Electrical components with a housing

Electrical components without a housing

2.5 Transport and storage

2.6 Handling and installation

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 13

2.7.1 Protection against touching electrical parts

2.7.2 Protection against hazardous movements

14 ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

2.8 Characteristic values for functional safety

2.9 Environmentally friendly disposal

2.9.1 Separation of materials

Table 3: Environmentally friendly separation of materials

Disposal must take place per applicable legal regulations.

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 15

16 ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10

Chapter 2 • Technical data

Table 4: ACOPOS P3 8EI servo drive - Order key

1.1 Continuous current Aeff (ccc)

Table 5: Continuous current (ccc)

1.2 Plug-in modules (i)

Order code (i) Plug-in module

Table 6: Plug-in modules (i)

ACOPOS P3 user's manual V1.10 17

1.3 Configurable accessories (j)